Quarterlytics / Industrials / Consulting Services / Huron Consulting Group Inc. / FY2021 Annual Report

Huron Consulting Group Inc.
Annual Report 2021

HURN · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker HURN
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Consulting Services
Employees 6405
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Huron Consulting Group Inc.
Loading PDF…
A L ET T ER FROM  THE CHIEF EX ECUTIVE OFFICE R

i

Much is made of the role that a corporation 
should play in society. We know that as 
a leading consultancy with deep roots in 
our communities we have a responsibility 
to be a global citizen that shapes a better, 
more sustainable future. I am proud of our 
incredibly talented team and their passion 
for making a difference for our people, 
our clients, our shareholders, and the 
communities in which we live and work. 

2021 ANNUAL REPORTHURONi
i

2021 was a stressful year on a global 

scale, including for many of our 

4,600 employees and their families. Despite the 

We built momentum throughout the year as 

demand increased across all of our business. We 

exceeded our initial revenue expectations and 

many challenges, we remained focused on helping 

improved our margins, while strengthening our 

our people manage through this difficult time, and 

competitive position and delivering the highest 

we were equally focused on growing our Company 

quality services and products to our clients.

and serving our clients. Huron’s strong culture is 

defined by our individual and collective desire to 

grow professionally and personally, and we are 

deeply interested in striving to make this world a 

better place. It is that culture that makes Huron so 

special, and it is an attribute that we treasure and 

will continue to foster as Huron grows.

Together, we served over 1,900 clients in 

2021, addressing their most complex strategic, 

operational and financial challenges. I am proud 

of the value we brought to our clients – many 

of whom were managing through significant 

uncertainty. We are trusted business partners to 

some of the best organizations in the world, and 

many of those entities continue to choose Huron to 

help them address their greatest challenges.

I am equally proud of our financial results that we 

delivered to our shareholders despite significant 

disruption to some of our largest core markets, 

including solid growth in revenue and profitability. 

We exceeded our initial 
revenue expectations and 
improved our margins, while 
strengthening our competitive 
position and delivering the 
highest quality services and 
products to our clients.”

Delivering on 
Our Commitment

We continued to deliver on our commitment 

to sustainable revenue growth and improved 

profitability, demonstrated by our 2021 

performance. Led by organic growth across all 

three operating segments, annual companywide 

revenues grew seven percent and adjusted 

EBITDA margins improved 50 basis points over 

2020. These results are reflective of our growth 

strategy and the return on investments, including 

our significant investments in technology assets 

which have culminated in our digital, technology 

and analytics offerings representing nearly 

40% of total company revenues in 2021.

Healthcare segment revenues in 2021 grew seven 

percent over 2020. The year-over-year increase in 

revenues was primarily attributable to strengthened 

demand for our performance improvement and 

managed services-related offerings. Hospitals and 

health systems are facing increased labor costs, 

inefficiencies in clinical services due to COVID-

19-related restrictions, and significant morale 

issues among the physician and nursing staff 

that are leading to higher turnover and staffing 

shortages. None of these issues are likely to ebb 

in the near term, which will likely lead to increased 

pressure on our healthcare clients’ margins. 

2021 ANNUAL REPORTHURONIn addition to our traditional performance 

demand for digital transformation, stemming 

improvement offerings, we have added extensive 

from the altered post-pandemic environment 

i
i
i

capabilities for clinical transformation, strategy, 

that has emerged across industries. Our digital 

clinical and administrative technologies, and 

offerings have been deployed in numerous 

analytics. Our clients are looking for a comprehensive 

commercial industries and they have also 

set of offerings from an experienced team, and our 

strengthened Huron’s competitive advantage 

1,000+ team of healthcare consultants provide a 

in the healthcare and education industries. 

full suite of capabilities that help our clients address 

challenges that are more intense and potentially 

The investments we have made and continue to 

disruptive than any other time in recent history. 

make throughout the business advisory segment 

are providing two key benefits to Huron. First, 

The business advisory segment achieved revenue 

the investments are enhancing our ability to 

growth of nine percent in 2021 over 2020, driven 

provide a broader array of technology, financial, 

by strong demand for our digital, technology and 

and operational capabilities in new industries 

analytics and strategy offerings. The primary 

and geographies. Second, these investments 

growth driver in this segment is the ongoing 

are also yielding success in achieving new 

James H. Roth

CHIEF E XEC UTIVE OFFICER

2021 ANNUAL REPORTHURONv
i

collaborative work within our healthcare and 

student offerings. The array of changes taking 

education segments. Collectively, we are excited 

place in the higher education industry has and 

about how these investments will continue to 

will continue to create significant opportunities 

enable us to achieve our growth objectives. 

for Huron. The need to efficiently manage a 

As part of our portfolio strategy, we closed on 

is driving demand across our full spectrum of 

complicated, decentralized educational institution 

the divestiture of our Life Sciences practice 

in November. The sale of the Life Sciences 

administrative, research and academic offerings. 

practice allows us to prioritize investments 

In addition, technology continues to play a 

in the areas of our business that have the 

substantive role in changing the way education 

highest growth and margin expansion potential 

is delivered and administered. Our highly 

and will add value for our shareholders. 

experienced team is well prepared to help 

Education segment revenues grew six percent 

endemic across the higher education industry 

in 2021 as compared to 2020, led by growth 

as institutions – both large and small – compete 

in our research, strategy and operations and 

in this rapidly evolving environment.

our clients address the challenges that are 

2021 ANNUAL REPORTHURONWith a balanced capital allocation strategy and strong 

advance our strategy, from reimagining how we 

balance sheet, in 2021 we were able to reinvest in 

work with our clients and go to market collectively 

v

our business to drive long-term growth. In 2021, 

across our organization to how we deliver 

we continued to prioritize organic and inorganic 

efficiencies and margin expansion. We believe 

investments that will strengthen and expand our 

we have built a strong operational foundation, a 

deep industry expertise and capabilities, including 

unique market position and a collaborative culture 

the strategic, tuck-in acquisitions of Unico Solution, 

that will allow us to take advantage of the market 

Whiteboard Higher Education and Perception Health. 

opportunities that lie ahead for our business.

As our clients look to accelerate their digital 

transformation, Unico Solution expanded our data 

management and governance capabilities to help 

our clients integrate, optimize and use their data 

to respond more quickly to changing markets. 

Combining our student enrollment strategy offerings 

with Whiteboard’s, we now provide a full suite of 

capabilities to enable higher education institutions 

to meet their annual student enrollment targets. 

Finally, Perception Health brings to Huron the power 

of curated data and analytics to help our healthcare 

clients make smarter decisions that profoundly 

impact patient outcomes, experience and cost 

of care. We are thrilled to welcome all of our 

acquisitions to the Huron team as we collectively 

advance our offerings to better serve our clients. 

In addition to organic and inorganic investment, 

we were focused on paying down debt to optimal 

levels and returning capital to shareholders. I 

am pleased with the progress we made in both 

of these areas in 2021, including returning 

nearly $65 million of capital to our shareholders 

through stock repurchases, while having a 

leverage ratio, as defined in our bank agreement, 

below 2.0x times at the end of 2021.

While we have made progress and are operating 

in a position of financial strength, we have more 

work ahead of us. We established programs to 

Shaping a 
Better Future

Our ESG commitments start with a focus on our 

people. In 2021, we renewed our commitment 

to fostering a diverse and inclusive culture at 

Huron, further solidified by my joining the CEO 

Action for Diversity & Inclusion™ coalition. We 

remain focused on our commitment to diversity 

and inclusion - continuing to make progress 

on our five-year diversity and inclusion action 

plan that we introduced in 2020. We recognize 

the importance to our people and our clients 

of embracing our differences and bringing new 

perspectives together to encourage new thinking 

and solve problems. 

We are proud to be recognized for our efforts to 

advance diversity and inclusion and ensure we are 

an employer of choice. For the eighth year in a row, 

we received a perfect score on the Human Rights 

Campaign Foundation’s Corporate Equality Index. 

We were also recognized for the 11th consecutive 

year as a “Best Firm to Work For” by Consulting 

magazine. I am excited to see how our actions are 

making this world a slightly better place, and how 

we are making Huron an even better place to work. 

2021 ANNUAL REPORTHURONi
v

We also recognize that addressing climate 

change now is critical for our future. In 2021, 

we calculated our greenhouse gas emissions 

to understand our baseline emissions and help 

Building Upon 
Our Momentum

establish measures to reduce our carbon footprint. 

Looking ahead, our focus is on building on the 

We are early in our environmental sustainability 

momentum generated in 2021 to drive continued 

journey, but I am excited about the opportunity 

sustainable revenue growth and margin expansion. 

that lies ahead as we set goals to help us positively 

We will do this by continuing to deliver the highest 

impact the environment.

quality for our clients, deepening our industry 

expertise, expanding our capabilities and advancing 

Alongside this report, we are proud to issue our 

innovation across the company. To achieve these 

annual Environmental, Social and Governance 

goals, we must also further our commitment to 

(ESG) report, which details our teams’ dedicated 

our people as we strengthen our organization and 

efforts and progress to make a more equitable and 

culture and refine our operating model to position 

sustainable future a reality. You can find our 2021 

us for even greater long-term success. 

ESG report on the investor relations page of the 

Huron website at ir.huronconsultinggroup.com. 

With the dedication and passion of our 

Our report continues to share our workforce 

4,600-person global team and the strength of our 

representation data and our inaugural greenhouse 

business in our core end markets, I am excited 

gas emissions data. 

about the value we will bring to our clients, our 

people and our shareholders as we take advantage 

While our work is not done, I am proud of the 

of the market opportunities that lie ahead.

progress we have made and the passion that exists 

within our organization to achieve our ESG goals.

James H. Roth

CHIEF EXECUTIVE  OFFICER

2021 ANNUAL REPORTHURONFinancial and Operating Highlights

Y E A R   E N D E D   D E C E M B E R   3 1

(In thousands, except for earnings per share)

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

Revenues (before reimbursable expenses)

$732,570

$795,125

$876,757

 $844,127   $905,640 

Operating Income (Loss)

$(207,456)

$52,096

$63,706  $(28,852)

 $52,839 

Operating Margin(1)

-28.3%

6.6%

7.3%

-3.4%

5.8%

Net Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

$(170,505)

$13,944

$41,979  $(23,718)

 $62,987 

Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations, net of tax

$388

$(298)

$(236)

 $(122)

 $-   

Net Income (Loss)

$(170,117)

$13,646

$41,743  $(23,840)

 $62,987 

Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share from Continuing Operations

$(7.95)

$0.63

$1.87

 $(1.08)

 $2.89 

Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share

$(7.93)

$0.62

$1.85

 $(1.09)

 $2.89 

Return on Assets(2)

-15.0%

1.3%

3.8%

-2.1%

5.9%

Return on Equity(3)

-29.7%

2.6%

7.4%

-4.3%

11.5%

(1)  Operating margin is defined as operating income (loss) expressed as a percentage of revenues.

(2)  Return on assets is calculated by dividing net income by average total assets. The average total assets for the years ended December 31, 2017, 

2018, 2019, 2020, and 2021 were $1,130.7 million, $1,045.7 million, $1,104.4 million, $1,126.1 million, and $1,074.0 million, respectively.

(3)  Return on equity is calculated by dividing net income by average total stockholders’ equity. The average total stockholders’ equity for the years ended 

December 31, 2017, 2018 2019, 2020, and 2021 were $571.9 million, $520.0 million, $566.3 million, $550.6 million, and $547.3 million, respectively.

v
v
i
i
i
i

2
2
0
0
2
2
1
0

A
A
N
N
N
N
U
U
A
A
L
L

R
R
E
E
P
P
O
O
R
R
T
T

H
H
U
U
R
R
O
O
N
N

Revenues

iN   M iL L iO N S

$876.8

$844.1

$905.6

$795.1

$732.6

Leverage Ratio*

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

1.7x

1.9x

1.6x

2.8x

3.0x

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

*Leverage ratio as defined in our senior bank agreement

Note: The financial and operating information presented above is on a continuing operations basis, unless otherwise noted.

 
 
 
 
i
i
i
v

Board of Directors & Executive Team

B O A R D   O F   DI R E C T O R S

E X EC U T I V E T E A M

John F. McCartney (1, 3)
Non-Executive Chairman  
of the Board
Board of Directors
Datatec Limited

James H. Roth
Chief Executive Officer  
Board of Directors

Keypath Education Holdings, LLC

Shorelight Holdings LLC

Lurie Children’s Pediatric 
Anesthesia Associates

H. Eugene Lockhart (1, 2, 4)
Chairman

MissionOG LLC

Board of Directors
Metro Bank PLC

Community Choice Financial

Alkami Technology, Inc.

Hugh E. Sawyer (1, 2, 3)

Debra L. Zumwalt (2, 3, 4)
vice President and  
General Counsel

Stanford University

Board of Directors
Exponent, Inc.

Board of Trustees

American University of 
Afghanistan

Ekta Singh-Bushell (2, 3, 4)
Board of Directors

NET 1 UEPS Technologies, Inc.

Design Brands Inc.

TTEC Holdings, Inc.

DataTec Limited

James H. Roth
Chief Executive Officer  
and Director

C. Mark Hussey
President and  
Chief Operating Officer 

John D. Kelly
Executive vice President,  
Chief Financial Officer  
and Treasurer 

Ernest W. Torain, Jr.
Executive vice President,  
General Counsel and  
Corporate Secretary

Committees: (1) Audit, (2) Compensation, (3) Nominating and Corporate Governance, (4) Technology and Information Security

Board of Directors and Executive Team as of March 1, 2022.

2021 ANNUAL REPORTHURON 
Table of Contents

(Mark One)

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K 

☒

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 
OR

☐

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 000-50976 
HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

01-0666114
(IRS Employer
Identification Number)

550 West Van Buren Street 
Chicago, Illinois 
60607
(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)
(312) 583-8700 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

Trading Symbol
HURN

Name of each exchange on which registered
NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  x    No  o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o    No  x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to 
such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  x    No  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 
of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit 
such files). Yes   x    No  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, 
or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and "emerging 
growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated 
Filer

☒

Accelerated Filer

☐ Non-accelerated Filer ☐

Smaller Reporting 
Company

☐

Emerging Growth 
Company

☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 
new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal 
control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 726(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that 
prepared or issued its report. x 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  ☐    No  x
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2021 (the last business day of the registrant’s 
most recently completed second fiscal quarter) was approximately $1,081,400,000.
As of February 17, 2022, 21,574,281 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, were outstanding.

Documents Incorporated By Reference
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of its fiscal 
year are incorporated by reference into Part III.

         
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I

Item 1.

Business

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

PART II

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Item 7A.

Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 9A.

Item 9B.

Item 9C.

PART III

Item 10.

Item 11.

Item 12.
Item 13.

Item 14.

PART IV

Item 15.

Item 16.

SIGNATURES

Properties

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

[Reserved]

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Controls and Procedures

Other Information

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Form 10-K Summary

Page

1

5

16

16

16

16

16

17

18

38

39

39

39

40

40

40

41
41

42

42

43

45

46

 
 
 
Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Huron,” “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Huron 
Consulting Group Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not historical in nature, including those concerning the Company’s current 
expectations about its future results, are “forward-looking” statements as defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are identified by words 
such as “may,” “should,” “expects,” “provides,” “anticipates,” “assumes,” “can,” “will,” “meets,” “could,” “likely,” “intends,” “might,” “predicts,” 
“seeks,” “would,” “believes,” “estimates,” “plans,” “continues,” “guidance,” or “outlook,” or similar expressions. These forward-looking 
statements reflect our current expectations about our future requirements and needs, results, levels of activity, performance, or 
achievements. Some of the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained herein 
include, without limitation: the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the economy, our clients and client demand for our services, and our 
ability to sell and provide services, including the measures taken by governmental authorities and businesses in response to the pandemic, 
which may cause or contribute to other risks and uncertainties that we face; failure to achieve expected utilization rates, billing rates, and the 
number of revenue-generating professionals; inability to expand or adjust our service offerings in response to market demands; our 
dependence on renewal of client-based services; dependence on new business and retention of current clients and qualified personnel; 
failure to maintain third-party provider relationships and strategic alliances; inability to license technology to and from third parties; the 
impairment of goodwill; various factors related to income and other taxes; difficulties in successfully integrating the businesses we acquire 
and achieving expected benefits from such acquisitions; risks relating to privacy, information security, and related laws and standards; and a 
general downturn in market conditions. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors, 
including, among others, those described under Item 1A. “Risk Factors,” that may cause actual results, levels of activity, performance or 
achievements to be materially different from any anticipated results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by 
these forward-looking statements. We disclaim any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements as a result of new 
information or future events, or for any other reason.

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS.

OVERVIEW

PART I 

Huron is a global consultancy that collaborates with clients to drive strategic growth, ignite innovation and navigate constant change. Through 
a combination of strategy, expertise and creativity, we help clients accelerate operational, digital and cultural transformation, enabling the 
change our clients need to own their future. By embracing diverse perspectives, encouraging new ideas and challenging the status quo, 
Huron delivers sustainable results for the organizations it serves. 

We are headquartered in Chicago, Illinois, with additional locations in the United States and abroad in Canada, India, Singapore, and 
Switzerland.

OUR SERVICES

We provide professional services through three operating segments: Healthcare, Business Advisory, and Education, which for the year ended 
December 31, 2021, we derived 42%, 32%, and 26% of our consolidated revenues from these operating segments, respectively. 

Effective January 1, 2022, we modified our operating model to expand and more deeply integrate our industry expertise with our digital, 
strategic and financial advisory capabilities. The new operating model will strengthen Huron’s go-to-market strategy, drive efficiencies that 
support margin expansion, and position the company to accelerate growth. 

To align with the new operating model, effective with reporting for periods beginning January 1, 2022, we will begin reporting under the 
following three industries, which will be our reportable segments: Healthcare, Education and Commercial. The Commercial segment will 
include all industries outside of healthcare and education, including, but not limited to, financial services and energy and utilities. In the new 
reporting structure, each segment will include all revenue and costs associated with engagements delivered in the respective industry 
segments. The new Healthcare and Education segments will include some revenue and costs historically reported in the Business Advisory 
segment and the Healthcare segment will include some revenue and costs historically reported in the Education segment. We will also 
provide revenue reporting across two principal capabilities: i) Consulting and Managed Services and ii) Digital. These changes will create 
greater transparency for investors by improving visibility into the core drivers of our business. While our consolidated results will not be 
impacted, we will recast our historical segment information during 2022 for consistent presentation.

For further financial information on our segment results, see Part II - Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations" and Note 19 "Segment Information" within the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

1

Table of Contents

•

Healthcare

Our Healthcare segment serves providers and payors including national and regional hospitals, integrated health systems, 
academic medical centers, community hospitals, medical groups and health plans. Our Healthcare professionals have a depth of 
expertise in business operations, including financial and operational improvement, care transformation, and revenue cycle 
managed services; organizational transformation; and digital, technology and analytic solutions. Most healthcare organizations are 
focused on changing the way care is delivered; establishing a sustainable business model centered around optimal cost structures, 
reimbursement models and financial strategies; evolving their digital, technology and analytic capabilities; and exceeding the 
expectations of their employees and patients. Our solutions help clients adapt to this rapidly changing healthcare environment to 
become a more nimble, efficient and consumer-centric organization. We use our deep industry expertise to help clients solve a 
diverse set of business issues, including, but not limited to, optimizing financial and operational performance, improving care 
delivery and clinical outcomes, increasing physician, patient and employee satisfaction, evolving organizational culture, and 
maximizing return on technology investments. 

•

Business Advisory

Our Business Advisory segment works with C-suite executives and business unit and functional leadership across a diverse set of 
organizations, including healthy, well-capitalized companies to organizations in transition, and across a broad range of industries, 
including healthcare, energy and utilities, financial services, life sciences, industrials and manufacturing, education, and the public 
sector. Our Business Advisory professionals have deep industry, functional and technical expertise that they put forward when 
delivering our digital, technology and analytics, strategy and innovation and restructuring and corporate finance services. In today’s 
disruptive environment, organizations must reimagine their historical strategies and financial and operating models to sustain and 
advance their competitive advantage. Organizations also recognize the need to adopt technologies, automation and analytics to 
improve their operations and compete in a rapidly changing landscape. Our experts help organizations across industries with a 
variety of business challenges, including, but not limited to, embedding technology and analytics throughout their internal and 
customer-facing operations, developing insights into the needs of tomorrow’s customers to evolve their enterprise and business unit 
strategies, bringing new products to market, and managing through stressed and distressed situations to create a viable path 
forward for stakeholders. 

•

Education

Our Education segment serves public and private colleges and universities, academic medical centers, research institutes and 
other not-for-profit organizations. Our Education professionals have a depth of expertise in strategy; business operations, including 
in the areas of the research enterprise and student lifecycle; digital, technology and analytic solutions; and organizational 
transformation. Our Education segment clients are increasingly faced with financial and/or demographic and enrollment challenges 
as well as increased competition. To remain competitive, organizations must challenge traditional operating and financial models 
and reimagine strategic, operational and research-centered opportunities that advance their mission while strengthening their 
business models. We collaborate with clients to address these challenges and ensure they have a sustainable future. We combine 
our deep industry, functional and technical expertise to help clients solve their most pressing challenges, including, but not limited 
to, transforming business operations with technology; strengthening research strategies and support services; evolving their 
organizational strategy; optimizing financial and operational performance; and enhancing the student experience.  

Huron is an Oracle partner, a Gold-level consulting partner with Salesforce.com and a Premium Partner with Salesforce.org, a Workday 
Services and Software Partner, an Amazon Web Services consulting partner, a Silver-level system integrator with Informatica and an SAP 
Concur implementation partner. We also partner with other technology organizations whose products and services support our core 
industries.

OUR CLIENTS AND INDUSTRIES

We provide services to both financially sound organizations and organizations in transition across industries, including healthcare, education, 
financial services, energy and utilities, industrials and manufacturing, public sector and other commercial industries. Our clients span 
hospitals, health systems and academic medical centers; colleges, universities and research institutes; banks, asset managers, insurance 
companies and private equity firms; oil and gas and utilities companies, manufacturing organizations and the federal government. In 2021, 
we served over 1,900 clients, and our 10 largest clients accounted for approximately 19% of our consolidated revenues. 

HUMAN CAPITAL RESOURCES AND MANAGEMENT

Our success depends on our ability to attract, engage, develop and retain highly talented professionals. Our growth strategy depends on 
creating a work environment where employees are engaged and rewarded for their own contributions and the success of our organization. 
We are focused on advancing every facet of the employee experience, beginning with the recruiting process through post-employment or 
retirement. We create a personalized experience for our people and empower them to make a meaningful impact on our clients, our 

2

Table of Contents

communities, and one another. We have developed comprehensive programs incorporating learning opportunities, beginning with the 
onboarding process and continuing throughout one’s career journey to enable the professional development of our team. We provide a 
competitive total rewards package including robust benefits that are tailored to the diverse needs of our employees and are refreshed 
regularly to maintain competitiveness. Our total rewards program has continuously helped Huron to be recognized as a Best Firm to Work 
For by Consulting magazine, including 2021 which marks our eleventh consecutive year earning this distinction. In addition to external 
recognitions, we monitor human capital-related internal metrics. Our leading measure is our quarterly employee engagement score, which 
was consistently in the high 70s throughout 2021 compared to the Glint Employee Engagement global benchmark of 74. In addition, we 
regularly review voluntary turnover across a number of key variables including business unit, performance achievement, geography, and 
demographics in order to assess the effectiveness of our employee development and total rewards programs.

As of December 31, 2021, we had 4,609 full-time client service and support professionals, including 168 client-serving managing directors. 
Our client-serving employees act as critical business advisors, collaborating with clients to help solve their most complex business problems. 
Our managing directors are the key drivers of growth in our business, generating revenue streams from new and existing clients. Our 
managing directors also enhance our market reputation by working closely with our clients to address their most pressing challenges and 
ensuring high-quality delivery of our engagements. Internally, they lead the creation of our intellectual capital, develop our people, and are 
stewards of our culture. Our principals, senior directors, directors, and managers manage day-to-day client relationships and engagement 
teams, develop our people, nurture our culture, and oversee the delivery and quality of our work product. Our associates and analysts gather 
and organize data, conduct detailed analyses, evolve our culture and prepare presentations that synthesize and distill information to support 
recommendations we deliver to clients. 

Our support professionals include our senior management team as well as those who provide sales support, methodology creation, software 
development, and corporate functions consisting of corporate development, facilities, finance and accounting, human resources, information 
technology, legal, and marketing. These professionals provide strategic direction for the enterprise and support that enables the success of 
our businesses and client-serving employees. At December 31, 2021, our support professionals team was led by 29 executives, managing 
directors, and corporate vice presidents.

In addition to our full-time client-serving employees, we engage temporary employees on an as-needed basis. We primarily use this 
contingent workforce to engage talent with specialized skills and/or experience or to expand our capacity to be able to deliver on client 
engagements or internal initiatives. We will continue to use temporary employees going forward as a key part of achieving our growth 
strategy. 

The ability to advance one’s career is critical to our employee retention and engagement. As part of our onboarding process, our employee 
experience team facilitates a robust and structured curriculum for newly hired employees. We strive to develop world class leaders and are 
committed to providing programs and opportunities that achieve this goal by focusing on key leadership behaviors at all levels. We also 
provide a variety of learning opportunities, through both individual on-demand courses and virtual classroom environments, to further develop 
employees’ skills, including technical knowledge, soft skills, team dynamics, and coaching and developing others. We encourage our 
employees to enhance their professional capabilities through external learning opportunities that certify their technical skills and to pursue 
certain advanced degrees. Employees are matched with internal onboarding stewards, performance coaches, mentors, and in some cases 
sponsors to facilitate their growth and network of support.

Our total rewards philosophy focuses on rewarding and retaining our high performing employees. To accomplish this, we offer employees a 
competitive base salary, performance incentives, and robust, market-competitive benefits.

Our incentive compensation plan is designed to recognize and reward performance at both the organization and individual level. We take 
both practice and company financial performance into consideration in the determination of bonus pool funding. At the practice level, the 
annual bonus pool is funded based on achievement of its annual financial goals. Our board of directors reviews and approves the total 
incentive compensation pool for all practices in the context of Huron’s overall financial performance. Individual bonus awards are based on 
the practice’s financial performance, individual bonus targets, and the individual’s performance as evaluated through our performance 
management process. The intent of the incentive compensation plan is to differentiate rewards based on individual performance, ensuring 
that our top performers receive incentives that are commensurate with their contributions in a given year. The incentive compensation plan 
for our named executive officers is funded based on a blend of achievement of company-wide financial goals and strategic initiatives.

Managing directors’ individual compensation levels, including base salary and target incentive awards, are set to align with the value of their 
expected contributions to Huron, including collaboration across practices. As the key drivers of the organization’s success, their 
compensation is designed to include equity awards as a core component. The use of equity is intended to encourage retention, align the 
interests of our managing directors with shareholders, and help build wealth over a managing director's career at Huron through annual 
grants as well as stock price appreciation.

Our benefit programs are designed to be comprehensive, competitive and personalized to the needs of our employees. We provide 
opportunities that allow employees to focus and care for their personal well-being which are aimed at providing tools and resources to focus 

3

Table of Contents

on their physical, financial, social, and emotional health given the demanding nature of their work. In addition, our health and welfare plans, 
retirement benefits, and stock purchase plan provide a core foundation of security to our employees and their families. 

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion

Huron’s value of inclusion has been embedded across our organization since our founding and is fostered in our work environment every 
day. In 2020, we renewed our commitment to holding ourselves accountable by developing a five-year diversity and inclusion action plan to 
help build a more equitable society. Through our action plan in 2021, we continued to foster an inclusive culture, advanced diverse 
representation across all levels of the organization, expanded our community outreach and support, and performed a new pay equity study. 
Additionally, in 2021, the strategic measures included in the annual incentive program for our named executive officers were enhanced to 
include quantitative and qualitative measures against the progress towards the goals outlined in our five-year action plan. We will continue to 
execute and expand on our diversity and inclusion action plan in 2022 and beyond.

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY AND SUSTAINABILITY

We are fully committed to our expanded societal role in making a lasting, positive impact on our people, our clients, our communities and the 
environment. In 2021, we published our second Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) report, highlighting the actions we have taken to 
support our clients, our communities, our people and the environment. Our CSR report reflects our efforts in support of the United Nations 
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), particularly five goals that are integrally aligned with our values-driven culture and the work we do 
for our clients: good health and well-being, quality education, gender equality, decent work and economic growth and climate action. We have 
and will continue to support these goals through our Huron Helping Hands program, employee resource groups, sustainability efforts, and 
corporate partnerships. As an addendum to our 2021 CSR report, we published our inaugural Sustainability Accounting Standards Board 
(SASB) index in line with SASB’s Professional & Commercial Services standards. Our SASB index provides further quantitative and 
qualitative information regarding our data security programs, practices and policies, workforce diversity and engagement metrics, and our 
approach to promoting professional integrity and ethical behavior among our workforce, commensurate with best practices for professional 
services organizations. 

For additional information on Huron’s commitment to a more sustainable future, refer to our annual Corporate Social Responsibility report, 
which includes our SASB index, and is available on the investor relations website which is located at ir.huronconsultinggroup.com. 

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT AND MARKETING

Our business development and marketing activities are aimed at cultivating relationships, generating leads, and building a strong brand 
reputation with offices of the C-suite and senior level influencers and decision makers of organizations within our core industries. We believe 
excellent service delivery to clients is critical to building and maintaining relationships and sustaining and strengthening our brand reputation, 
and we emphasize the importance of high-quality client service to all of our employees.

Currently, we generate new business opportunities through the combination of relationships our managing directors have with individuals 
working at our prospective clients and marketing activities. We also view market-based collaboration between our employees as a key 
component in building our business. Often, the client relationship of an employee in one area of our business leads to opportunities in 
another area. All of our managing directors understand their roles in ongoing relationship and business development, which is reinforced 
through our compensation and incentive programs. We actively seek to identify new business opportunities and frequently receive referrals 
and repeat business from past and current clients. In addition, to complement the business development efforts of our managing directors, 
we have dedicated business development professionals who are focused exclusively on developing client relationships and generating new 
business.

COMPETITION

The professional services industry is extremely competitive, highly fragmented, and constantly evolving. The industry includes a large number 
of participants with a variety of skills and industry expertise, including other strategy, business operations, technology, and financial advisory 
consulting firms; general management consulting firms; the consulting practices of major accounting firms; technical and economic advisory 
firms; regional and specialty consulting firms; consulting divisions of our technology partners; and the internal professional resources of 
organizations. We compete with a large number of service and technology providers in all of our segments. Our competitors vary, depending 
on the particular industry and expertise area, and we expect to continue to face competition from new market entrants. 

We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include reputation, the ability to attract and retain top talent, the capacity to manage 
engagements effectively to drive high value to clients, and the ability to deliver measurable and sustainable results. There is also competition 
on price, although to a lesser extent due to the criticality of the issues that many of our services address. Some competitors have a greater 
geographic footprint, broader international presence, and more resources than we do, but we believe our reputation and ability to deliver 
high-value, quality service and measurable results to our clients across a balanced portfolio of services and to attract and retain employees 
with broad capabilities and deep industry expertise enable us to compete favorably in the professional services marketplace.

4

Table of Contents

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the 
“SEC”). These filings are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

Our website is located at www.huronconsultinggroup.com, and our investor relations website is located at ir.huronconsultinggroup.com. We 
make our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports 
filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 available through our website, free of charge, as 
soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

We provide information about our business and financial performance, including our corporate profile, on the Investor Relations page of our 
website. Additionally, we webcast our earnings calls and certain events we participate in with members of the investment community on the 
Investor Relations page of our website. Further corporate governance information, including our code of ethics, code of business conduct, 
corporate governance guidelines, and board committee charters, is also available on the Investor Relations page of our website. The content 
of our websites is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or in any other report or document we file with the 
SEC, and any references to our websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

The following discussion of risk factors may be important to understanding the statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or elsewhere. 
The following information should be read in conjunction with Part II—Item 7. "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Discussions 
about the important operational risks that our business encounters can be found in Part II—Item 7. "Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Risks Related to COVID-19

Our results of operations have been adversely affected and, in the future, could be materially adversely impacted by the 
coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic.

The continuing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has created significant volatility, uncertainty and disruption to the global economy. The 
pandemic has adversely impacted and, in the future, could materially adversely impact our business, operations and financial results. The 
extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic continues to impact our business, operations and financial results will depend on numerous evolving 
factors that we may not be able to accurately predict, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the duration of the pandemic;

the long-term efficacy of vaccines or treatments for COVID-19, including against new variants and the willingness of the population 
to take the vaccines;

governmental, business and individuals’ actions that have been and continue to be taken in response to the pandemic, including 
quarantines, social distancing and other risk mitigating measures taken to prevent the spread of COVID-19;

the effect on our clients and client demand for our services and solutions, including the impact on the healthcare and higher 
education industries which are areas of significant focus for our business;

the health and welfare of our employees, including our senior management team, practice leaders and managing directors, and 
their ongoing ability to serve clients and manage operations if they contract COVID-19;

the impact on our key third-party vendors;

the effect on the businesses in which we have invested;

our ability to sell and provide our services and solutions and maintain adequate utilization levels, including as a result of travel 
restrictions, shelter-in-place and quarantine orders and people working from home;

the ability of our clients to pay for our services and solutions;

any disruption to the internet and related systems, which may impact our ability to provide our services and solutions remotely, and 
increased vulnerability to hackers or third parties seeking to disrupt operations; and

5

Table of Contents

•

any closures of our clients’ offices and facilities.

Additionally, in some instances, clients have slowed down decision making, delayed planned work or are seeking to reduce the scope of 
current engagements or terminate existing agreements, which may continue. Any of these events could cause or contribute to the risks and 
uncertainties discussed below and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or stock price.

Risks Related to Human Capital Resources

An inability to retain our senior management team and other managing directors would be detrimental to the success of our 
business.

We rely heavily on our senior management team, our practice leaders, and other managing directors; our ability to retain them is particularly 
important to our future success. Given the highly specialized nature of our services, the senior management team must have a thorough 
understanding of our service offerings as well as the skills and experience necessary to manage an organization consisting of a diverse 
group of professionals. In addition, we rely on our senior management team and other managing directors to generate revenues and market 
our business. Further, our senior management’s and other managing directors’ personal reputations and relationships with our clients are a 
critical element in obtaining and maintaining client engagements. Members of our senior management team and our other managing directors 
could choose to leave or join one of our competitors and some of our clients could choose to use the services of that competitor instead of 
our services. If one or more members of our senior management team or our other managing directors leave and we cannot replace them 
with a suitable candidate quickly, we could experience difficulty in securing and successfully completing engagements and managing our 
business properly, which could harm our business prospects and results of operations.

If we are unable to hire and retain talented people in an industry where there is great competition for talent it could have a serious 
negative effect on our prospects and results of operations.

Our business involves the delivery of professional services and is highly labor-intensive. Our success depends largely on our general ability 
to attract, develop, motivate, and retain highly skilled professionals. Further, we must successfully maintain the right mix of professionals with 
relevant experience and skill sets as we continue to grow, as we expand into new service offerings, and as the market evolves. The loss of a 
significant number of our professionals, the inability to attract, hire, develop, train, and retain additional skilled personnel, or failure to maintain 
the right mix of professionals could have a serious negative effect on us, including our ability to manage, staff, and successfully complete our 
existing engagements and obtain new engagements. Qualified professionals are in great demand, and we face significant competition for 
both senior and junior professionals with the requisite credentials and experience. Our principal competition for talent comes from other 
consulting firms and accounting firms, as well as from organizations seeking to staff their internal professional positions. Many of these 
competitors may be able to offer greater compensation and benefits or more attractive lifestyle choices, career paths, or geographic locations 
than we can offer. Therefore, we may not be successful in attracting and retaining the skilled consultants we require to conduct and expand 
our operations successfully. Increasing competition for these revenue-generating professionals may also significantly increase our labor 
costs, which could negatively affect our margins and results of operations.

Risks Related to Business Growth and Development

We may incur costs to support our business and the inability to effectively build a support structure for the business could have an 
adverse impact on our growth and profitability. 

We have grown significantly since we commenced operations and have increased the number of our full-time professionals from 249 in 2002 
to 4,609 as of December 31, 2021. Additionally, our considerable growth has placed demands on our management and our internal systems, 
procedures, and controls and will continue to do so in the future. To successfully manage growth, we must periodically adjust and strengthen 
our operating, financial, accounting, and other systems, procedures, and controls, which may increase our total costs and may adversely 
affect our gross profits and our ability to sustain profitability if we do not generate increased revenues to offset the costs. As a public 
company, our information and control systems must enable us to prepare accurate and timely financial information and other required 
disclosures. If we discover deficiencies in our existing information and control systems that impede our ability to satisfy our reporting 
requirements, we must successfully implement improvements to those systems in an efficient and timely manner.

In the fourth quarter of 2019, we began the implementation of a new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system designed to improve the 
efficiency of our internal operational, financial and administrative activities. In January 2021, we went live with the new ERP system, and we 
continue to progress with additional functionality and integrations. The full implementation of a new ERP system in its entirety, which will take 
place over several years, subjects us to inherent costs and risks including substantial capital expenditures, additional administration and 
operating expenses, potential disruption of our internal control structure, retention of sufficiently skilled personnel to implement and operate 
the new system, demand on management time, and other risks and costs of delays or difficulties in transition. Our system implementation 
may not result in productivity improvements at a level that outweighs the costs of implementation, or at all. In addition, the difficulties with 
implementing a new ERP system may cause disruptions or have an adverse effect on our business operations, if not anticipated and 
appropriately mitigated.

6

Table of Contents

Our international expansion could result in additional risks.

We operate both domestically and internationally, including in Canada, Europe, Asia, and the Middle East. Although historically our 
international operations have been limited, we intend to continue to expand internationally. Such expansion may result in additional risks that 
are not present domestically and which could adversely affect our business or our results of operations, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

compliance with additional U.S. regulations and those of other nations applicable to international operations;

cultural and language differences;

employment laws, including immigration laws affecting the mobility of employees, and rules and related social and cultural factors;

losses related to start-up costs, lack of revenue, higher costs due to low utilization, and delays in purchase decisions by prospective 
clients;

currency fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies;

restrictions on the repatriation of earnings;

potentially adverse tax consequences and limitations on our ability to utilize losses generated in our foreign operations;

different regulatory requirements and other barriers to conducting business;

different or less stable political and economic environments;

greater personal security risks for employees traveling to or located in unstable locations; and

civil disturbances or other catastrophic events.

Further, conducting business abroad subjects us to increased regulatory compliance and oversight. For example, we are subject to laws 
prohibiting certain payments to governmental officials, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which increases the risk from our 
international operations relative to our competitors who do not operate outside the United States. A failure to comply with applicable 
regulations could result in regulatory enforcement actions as well as substantial civil and criminal penalties assessed against us and our 
employees.

In addition, expanding into new geographic areas and expanding current service offerings is challenging and may require integrating new 
employees into our culture as well as assessing the demand in the applicable market. If we cannot manage the risks associated with new 
service offerings or new locations effectively, we are unlikely to be successful in these efforts, which could harm our ability to sustain 
profitability and our business prospects.

The Company has significant operations in India, which presents additional risks. 

We have significant operations in India, including more than 900 employees, which subjects the Company to various country-specific risks. 
For example, from time to time, India has experienced instances of civil unrest, terrorism and hostilities among neighboring countries. 
Terrorist attacks, military activity, rioting, or civil or political unrest in the future could influence the Indian economy and our operations by 
disrupting operations and communications and making travel within India more difficult and less desirable. As such, our operations and 
employees in India may be adversely affected by social and political uncertainties or change, military activity, health-related risks or acts of 
terrorism.

Additionally, India’s reputation for potential corruption and the challenges presented by India’s complex business environment may increase 
our risk of violating applicable anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws. We face the risk that we, our employees or any third parties we engage to 
do work on our behalf may take action determined to be in violation of anti-corruption laws in any jurisdiction in which we conduct business, 
including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, India’s Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 and Indian Penal Code. If we violate 
applicable anti-corruption laws or our internal policies designed to ensure ethical business practices, we could face financial penalties and/or 
reputational harm that would negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. 

Further, India has experienced natural disasters such as earthquakes, tsunamis, floods, landslides and drought in the past few years. The 
extent and severity of these natural disasters determines their impact on the Indian economy. Such future disasters could have a negative 
impact on the Indian economy and the Company’s India-based employees, causing our business to suffer.

7

Table of Contents

Additionally, since 1991, successive Indian governments have generally pursued policies of economic liberalization and financial sector 
reforms, including by significantly relaxing restrictions on the private sector. Nevertheless, the role of the Indian central and state 
governments in the Indian economy as producers, consumers and regulators has remained significant and there is no assurance that such 
liberalization policies will continue. A significant change in India’s policy of economic liberalization and deregulation or any social or political 
uncertainties could adversely affect business and economic conditions in India generally and our business and employees in particular.

Lastly, unfavorable fluctuations in the currency exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and Indian rupee could have a material adverse effect 
on our results of operations. As we continue to grow our operations in India, more of our expenses will be incurred in the Indian rupee. An 
increase in the value of the Indian rupee against the U.S. dollar, in which our revenue is primarily recorded, could increase costs for delivery 
of services and decrease the profitability of our engagements that utilize our employees in India.

Additional hiring, departures, and business acquisitions and dispositions, as well as other organizational changes could disrupt 
our operations, increase our costs or otherwise harm our business.

Our business strategy is dependent in part upon our ability to grow by hiring individuals or groups of individuals and by acquiring 
complementary businesses. However, we may be unable to identify, hire, acquire, or successfully integrate new employees and acquired 
businesses without substantial expense, delay, or other operational or financial obstacles. From time to time, we will evaluate the total mix of 
services we provide and we may conclude that businesses may not achieve the results we previously expected. Competition for future hiring 
and acquisition opportunities in our markets could increase the compensation we offer to potential employees or the prices we pay for 
businesses we wish to acquire. In addition, we may be unable to achieve the financial, operational, and other benefits we anticipate from any 
hiring or acquisition, as well as any disposition, including those we have completed so far. New acquisitions could also negatively impact 
existing practices and cause current employees to depart. Hiring additional employees or acquiring businesses could also involve a number 
of additional risks, including the diversion of management’s time, attention, and resources from managing and marketing our Company; the 
potential assumption of liabilities of an acquired business; the inability to attain the expected synergies with an acquired business; and the 
perception of inequalities if different groups of employees are eligible for different benefits and incentives or are subject to different policies 
and programs.

Selling practices and shutting down operations present similar challenges in a service business. Dispositions not only require management’s 
time, but they can impair existing relationships with clients or otherwise affect client satisfaction, particularly in situations where the divestiture 
eliminates only part of the complement of consulting services provided to a client. Dispositions may also involve continued financial 
involvement, as we may be required to retain responsibility for, or agree to indemnify buyers against, liabilities related to a business sold.

Additionally, effective January 1, 2022, we modified our operating model to report under three industries, which are our new reportable 
segments. The new operating model was designed to strengthen Huron's go-to-market strategy and support our growth. If we do not 
successfully implement this change to our operating model, our business and results of operation may be negatively impacted.

The healthcare and education industries are areas of significant focus for our business, and factors that adversely affect the 
financial condition of these industries could consequently affect our business.

We derive a significant portion of our revenue from clients in the healthcare and education industries. As a result, our financial condition and 
results of operations could be adversely affected by conditions affecting these industries, both generally and those specific to the types of 
clients we serve in these industries, including hospitals and health systems, academic medical centers, and higher education institutions. The 
healthcare and education industries are highly regulated and are subject to changing political, legislative, regulatory, and other influences. 
Uncertainty in any of these areas could cause our clients to delay or postpone decisions to use our services. Existing and new federal and 
state laws and regulations affecting the healthcare and education industries could create unexpected liabilities for us, could cause us or our 
clients to incur additional costs, and could restrict our or our clients’ operations. 

Our healthcare and education clients operate in highly regulated industries. Regulatory and legislative changes in these industries could 
reduce the demand for our services, decreasing our competitive position or potentially rendering certain of our service offerings obsolete, 
change client buying patterns or decision making or require us to make unplanned modifications to our service offerings, which could require 
additional time and investment. If we fail to accurately anticipate the application of the laws and regulations affecting our clients and the 
industries they serve, if anticipated changes in regulation or regulatory uncertainty impact client buying patterns, or if such laws and 
regulations decrease our competitive position or limit the applicability of our service offerings, our results of operations and financial condition 
could be adversely impacted. Similarly, certain of our healthcare and education clients may experience or anticipate experiencing financial 
distress or face complex challenges as a result of general economic conditions or operations-specific reasons. Such clients may not have the 
financial resources or stakeholder support to start new projects or to continue existing projects. 

Specifically with respect to healthcare, many healthcare laws are complex and their application to us, our clients, or the specific services and 
relationships we have with our clients are not always clear. In addition, federal and state legislatures have periodically introduced programs to 
reform or amend the U.S. healthcare system at both the federal and state level, such as the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and 
the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, and continue to consider further significant reforms. Due to the significant 

8

Table of Contents

implementation issues arising under these laws and potential new legislation, it is unclear what long-term effects they will have on the 
healthcare industry and in turn on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our failure to accurately anticipate the 
application of new laws and regulations, or our failure to comply with such laws and regulations, could create liability for us, result in adverse 
publicity and negatively affect our business.

There are many factors that could affect the purchasing practices, operations, and, ultimately, the operating funds of healthcare and 
education organizations, such as reimbursement policies for healthcare expenses, student loan policies or regulations, federal and state 
budgetary considerations, consolidation in either industry, and regulation, litigation, and general economic conditions. In particular, we could 
be required to make unplanned modifications of our products and services (which would require additional time and investment) or we could 
suffer reductions in demand for our products and services as a result of changes in regulations affecting either industry, such as changes in 
the way that healthcare organizations are paid for their services (e.g., based on patient outcomes instead of services provided).

In addition, state tax authorities have challenged the tax-exempt status of some hospitals and other healthcare facilities claiming such status 
on the basis that they are operating as charitable and/or religious organizations. If the tax-exempt status of any of our clients is revoked or 
compromised by new legislation or interpretation of existing legislation, that client’s financial health could be adversely affected, which could 
adversely impact demand for our services, our sales, revenue, financial condition, and results of operations.

Many of our client contracts are short-term in duration and may be terminated by our clients with little or no notice and without 
penalty, which may cause our operating results to be unpredictable and may result in unexpected declines in our utilization and 
revenues.

Our clients typically retain us on an engagement-by-engagement basis, rather than under fixed-term contracts, and many of our client 
contracts are 12 months or less in duration. The volume of work performed for any particular client is likely to vary from year to year, and a 
major client in one fiscal period may not require or may decide not to use our services in any subsequent fiscal period. Moreover, a large 
portion of our new engagements comes from existing clients. Accordingly, the failure to obtain new large engagements or multiple 
engagements from existing or new clients could have a material adverse effect on the amount of revenues we generate.

In addition, a large portion of our engagement agreements can be terminated by our clients with little or no notice and without penalty. In 
client engagements that involve multiple engagements or stages, there is a risk that a client may choose not to retain us for additional stages 
of an engagement or that a client will cancel or delay additional planned engagements. For clients in bankruptcy, a bankruptcy court could 
elect not to retain our interim management consultants, terminate our retention, require us to reduce our fees for the duration of an 
engagement, elect not to approve claims against fees earned by us prior to or after the bankruptcy filing, or subject previously paid amounts 
to be returned to the bankruptcy estate as preferential payments under the bankruptcy code.

Terminations of engagements, cancellations of portions of the project plan, delays in the work schedule, or reductions in fees could result 
from factors unrelated to our services. When engagements are terminated or reduced, we lose the associated future revenues, and we may 
not be able to recover associated costs or redeploy the affected employees in a timely manner to minimize the negative impact. In addition, 
our clients’ ability to terminate engagements with little or no notice and without penalty makes it difficult to predict our operating results in any 
particular fiscal period.

Our ability to maintain and attract new business depends upon our reputation, the professional reputation of our revenue-
generating employees, and the quality of our services.

As a professional services firm, our ability to secure new engagements depends heavily upon our reputation and the individual reputations of 
our professionals. Any factor that diminishes our reputation or that of our employees, including not meeting client expectations or misconduct 
by our employees, could make it substantially more difficult for us to attract new engagements and clients. Similarly, because we obtain many 
of our new engagements from former or current clients or from referrals by those clients or by law firms that we have worked with in the past, 
any client that questions the quality of our work or that of our consultants could impair our ability to secure additional new engagements and 
clients.

The consulting services industry is highly competitive and we may not be able to compete effectively.

The consulting services industry in which we operate includes a large number of participants and is intensely competitive. We face 
competition from other business operations and financial consulting firms, general management consulting firms, the consulting practices of 
major accounting firms, technical and economic advisory firms, regional and specialty consulting firms, consulting divisions of our technology 
partners, and the internal professional resources of organizations. In addition, because there are relatively low barriers to entry, we expect to 
continue to face additional competition from new entrants into the business operations and financial consulting industries. Competition in 
several of the sectors in which we operate is particularly intense as many of our competitors are seeking to expand their market share in 
these sectors. Many of our competitors have a greater national and international presence, as well as have a significantly greater number of 
personnel, financial, technical, and marketing resources. In addition, these competitors may generate greater revenues and have greater 
name recognition than we do. Some of our competitors may also have lower overhead and other costs and, therefore, may be able to more 

9

Table of Contents

effectively compete through lower cost service offerings. Our ability to compete also depends in part on the ability of our competitors to hire, 
retain, and motivate skilled professionals, the price at which others offer comparable services, the ability of our competitors to offer new and 
valuable products and services to clients, and our competitors’ responsiveness to their clients. If we are unable to compete successfully with 
our existing competitors or with any new competitors, our financial results will be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Information Technology

Our business is becoming increasingly dependent on information technology and will require additional investments in order to 
grow and meet the demands of our clients.

We depend on the use of sophisticated technologies and systems. Some of our practices provide services that are increasingly dependent on 
the use of software applications and systems that we do not own and could become unavailable. Moreover, our technology platforms will 
require continuing investments by us in order to expand existing service offerings and develop complementary services. For example, we 
have subscription-based offerings that require us to incur costs associated with upgrades and maintenance that could impact profit margins 
associated with those offerings and related services. Our future success depends on our ability to adapt our services and infrastructure while 
continuing to improve the performance, features, and reliability of our services in response to the evolving demands of the marketplace.

Adverse changes to our relationships with key third-party vendors, or in the business of our key third-party vendors, could 
unfavorably impact our business.

A portion of our services and solutions depend on technology or software provided by third-party vendors. Some of these third-party vendors 
refer potential clients to us, and others require that we obtain their permission prior to accessing their software while performing services for 
our clients. These third-party vendors could terminate their relationship with us without cause and with little or no notice, which could limit our 
service offerings and harm our financial condition and operating results. In addition, if a third-party vendor’s business changes, is reduced or 
fails to adapt to changing market demands, that could adversely affect our business. Moreover, if third-party technology or software that is 
important to our business does not continue to be available or utilized within the marketplace, or if the services that we provide to clients is no 
longer relevant in the marketplace, our business may be unfavorably impacted. 

We could experience system failures, service interruptions, or security breaches that could negatively impact our business.

Our organization is comprised of employees who work on matters throughout the United States and overseas around the world. Our 
technology platform is a “virtual office” from which we all operate. We may be subject to disruption to our operating systems from technology 
events that are beyond our control, including the possibility of failures at third-party data centers, disruptions to the internet, natural disasters, 
power losses, and malicious attacks. In addition, despite the implementation of security measures, our infrastructure and operating systems, 
including the internet and related systems, may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, hackers, improper employee or contractor access, 
computer viruses, programming errors, denial-of-service attacks, or other attacks by third parties seeking to disrupt operations or 
misappropriate information or similar physical or electronic breaches of security. While we have taken and are taking reasonable steps to 
prevent and mitigate the damage of such events, including implementation of system security measures, information backup, and disaster 
recovery processes, and where possible, obtaining insurance against such events, those steps may not be effective and there can be no 
assurance that any such steps can be effective against all possible risks. We will need to continue to invest in technology in order to achieve 
redundancies necessary to prevent service interruptions. Access to our systems as a result of a security breach, the failure of our systems, or 
the loss of data could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability, or regulatory penalties and disrupt operations, which could adversely 
affect our business and financial results.

Risks Related to Legal Matters

Our reputation could be damaged and we could incur additional liabilities if we fail to protect client and employee data through our 
own accord or if our information systems are breached.

We rely on information technology systems to process, transmit, and store electronic information and to communicate among our locations 
around the world and with our clients, partners, and employees. These locations include India, Canada, Switzerland, Singapore, and the 
United Kingdom, all of which have their own either recently updated or potential new data protection laws. The breadth and complexity of this 
infrastructure increases the potential risk of security breaches which could lead to potential unauthorized disclosure of confidential 
information.  

In providing services to clients, we may manage, utilize, and store sensitive or confidential client or employee data, including personal data 
and protected health information. As a result, we are subject to numerous laws and regulations designed to protect this information, such as 
the U.S. federal and state laws governing the protection of health or other personally identifiable information, including the Health Insurance 
Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), and international laws such as the European Union's General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), 
which went into effect in 2018. In addition, many states, U.S. federal governmental authorities and non-U.S. jurisdictions have adopted, 
proposed or are considering adopting or proposing, additional data security and/or data privacy statutes or regulations. Continued 

10

Table of Contents

governmental focus on data security and privacy may lead to additional legislative and regulatory action, which could increase the complexity 
of doing business. The increased emphasis on information security and the requirements to comply with applicable U.S. and foreign data 
security and privacy laws and regulations may increase our costs of doing business and negatively impact our results of operations.

These laws and regulations are increasing in complexity and number. If any person, including any of our employees or third-party vendors, 
negligently disregards or intentionally breaches our established controls or contractual obligations with respect to client or employee data, or 
otherwise mismanages or misappropriates that data, we could be subject to significant monetary damages, regulatory enforcement actions, 
fines, and/or criminal prosecution. We maintain certain insurance coverages for cybersecurity incidents through our directors and officers 
insurance policy, in amounts we believe to be reasonable and at a cost that is included in our general insurance premiums.

In addition, unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client or employee data, whether through systems failure, employee 
negligence, fraud, or misappropriation, could damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients and their related revenue in the future.

Our engagements could result in professional liability, which could be very costly and hurt our reputation.

Our engagements typically involve complex analyses and the exercise of professional judgment. As a result, we are subject to the risk of 
professional liability. From time to time, lawsuits with respect to our work are pending. Litigation alleging that we performed negligently or 
breached any other obligations could expose us to significant legal liabilities and, regardless of outcome, is often very costly, could distract 
our management, could damage our reputation, and could harm our financial condition and operating results. We also face increased 
litigation risk as a result of an expanded workforce. In addition, certain of our engagements, including interim management engagements and 
corporate restructurings, involve greater risks than other consulting engagements. We are not always able to include provisions in our 
engagement agreements that are designed to limit our exposure to legal claims relating to our services. While we attempt to identify and 
mitigate our exposure with respect to liability arising out of our consulting engagements, these efforts may be ineffective and an actual or 
alleged error or omission on our part or the part of our client or other third parties in one or more of our engagements could have an adverse 
impact on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we carry professional liability insurance to cover many of these types 
of claims, but the policy limits and the breadth of coverage may be inadequate to cover any particular claim or all claims plus the cost of legal 
defense. For example, we provide services on engagements in which the impact on a client may substantially exceed the limits of our errors 
and omissions insurance coverage. If we are found to have professional liability with respect to work performed on such an engagement, we 
may not have sufficient insurance to cover the entire liability.

Our business could be materially adversely affected if we incur liability in connection with service offering innovation, including 
new or expanded service offerings.

We may grow our business through service offering innovation, including by entering into new or expanded lines of business beyond our core 
services. To the extent we enter into new or expanded lines of business, we may face new risks and uncertainties, including the possibility 
these new or expanded lines of business involve greater risks than our core services, that we have insufficient expertise to engage in such 
activities profitably or without incurring inappropriate amounts of risk, that the required investment of capital and other resources is greater 
than anticipated, and that we lose existing clients due to the perception that we are no longer focusing on our core business. Entry into new 
or expanded lines of business may also subject us to new laws and regulations with which we are not familiar and may lead to increased 
litigation and regulatory risk. For example, our recently launched Huron Managed Services business within the Healthcare industry provides 
revenue cycle managed services to hospitals and health systems. These services include the coding, preparation, submission and collection 
of claims for medical service to payers for reimbursement. Such claims are governed by U.S. federal and state laws. U.S. federal law 
provides civil liability to any persons that knowingly submit, or cause to be submitted, a claim to a payer, including Medicare, Medicaid and 
private health plans, seeking payment for any services or items that overbills or bills for services or items that have not been provided to the 
patient. U.S. federal law may also impose criminal penalties for intentionally submitting such false claims. In addition, federal and state law 
regulates the collection of debt and may impose monetary penalties for violating those regulations. In connection with these laws, we may be 
subjected to U.S. federal or state government investigations and possible penalties may be imposed upon us, false claims actions may have 
to be defended and private payers may file claims against us. Any investigation or proceeding related to these laws, even if unwarranted or 
without merit, may have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our intellectual property rights in our “Huron Consulting Group” name are important, and any inability to use that name could 
negatively impact our ability to build brand identity.

We believe that establishing, maintaining, and enhancing the “Huron Consulting Group” name and “Huron” brand is important to our 
business. We are, however, aware of a number of other companies that use names containing “Huron.” There could be potential trade name 
or service mark infringement claims brought against us by the users of these similar names and marks and those users may have trade name 
or service mark rights that are senior to ours. If another company were to successfully challenge our right to use our name, or if we were 
unable to prevent a competitor from using a name that is similar to our name, our ability to build brand identity could be negatively impacted.

11

Table of Contents

Conflicts of interest could preclude us from accepting engagements thereby causing decreased utilization and revenues.

We provide services in connection with bankruptcy and other proceedings that usually involve sensitive client information and frequently are 
adversarial. In connection with bankruptcy proceedings, we are required by law to be “disinterested” and may not be able to provide multiple 
services to a particular client. In addition, our engagement agreement with a client or other business reasons may preclude us from accepting 
engagements from time to time with the client's competitors or adversaries. Moreover, in many industries in which we provide services, there 
has been a continuing trend toward business consolidations and strategic alliances. These consolidations and alliances reduce the number of 
companies that may seek our services and increase the chances that we will be unable to accept new engagements as a result of conflicts of 
interest. If we are unable to accept new engagements for any reason, our consultants may become underutilized, which would adversely 
affect our revenues and results of operations in future periods.

Risks Related to Financial Management and Performance

Our financial results could suffer if we are unable to achieve or maintain adequate utilization and suitable billing rates for our 
consultants, or if we are unable to deliver our services due to factors that disrupt travel to our client sites.

Our profitability depends to a large extent on the utilization and billing rates of our professionals. Utilization of our professionals is affected by 
a number of factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the number and size of client engagements;

the timing of the commencement, completion and termination of engagements, which in many cases is unpredictable;

our ability to transition our consultants efficiently from completed engagements to new engagements;

the hiring of additional consultants because there is generally a transition period for new consultants that results in a temporary 
drop in our utilization rate;

unanticipated changes in the scope of client engagements;

our ability to forecast demand for our services and thereby maintain an appropriate level of consultants; and

conditions affecting the industries in which we practice as well as general economic conditions.

The billing rates of our consultants that we are able to charge are also affected by a number of factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

our clients’ perception of our ability to add value through our services;

the market demand for the services we provide;

an increase in the number of engagements in the government sector, which are subject to federal contracting regulations;

introduction of new services by us or our competitors;

our competition and the pricing policies of our competitors; and

current economic conditions.

If we are unable to achieve and maintain adequate overall utilization as well as maintain or increase the billing rates for our consultants, our 
financial results could materially suffer. Traditionally, most of our consultants have performed services at the physical locations of our clients. 
Starting in 2020 and in response to the proliferation of the coronavirus, substantially all of our services were delivered remotely. If our 
consultants are unable to continue delivering services remotely or if we are out of step with a general market return to in person service 
delivery, our business could be materially adversely affected.

Our quarterly results of operations have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future as a result of certain 
factors, some of which may be outside of our control.

A key element of our strategy is to market our products and services directly to certain large organizations, such as health systems and acute 
care hospitals, and to increase the number of our products and services utilized by existing clients. The sales cycle for some of our products 
and services is often lengthy and may involve significant commitment of client personnel. As a consequence, the commencement date of a 
client engagement often cannot be accurately forecasted. As discussed below, certain of our client contracts contain terms that result in 

12

Table of Contents

revenue that is deferred and cannot be recognized until the occurrence of certain events. As a result, the period of time between contract 
signing and recognition of associated revenue may be lengthy, and we are not able to predict with certainty the period in which revenue will 
be recognized.

Fee discounts, pressure to not increase or even decrease our rates, and less advantageous contract terms could result in the loss of clients, 
lower revenues and operating income, higher costs, and less profitable engagements. More discounts or write-offs than we expect in any 
period would have a negative impact on our results of operations. 

Other fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations may be due to a number of other factors, some of which are not within our control, 
including:

•

•

•

•

the timing and volume of client invoices processed and payments received, which may affect the fees payable to us under certain 
of our engagements;

client decisions regarding renewal or termination of their contracts;

the amount and timing of costs related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses; and

unforeseen legal expenses, including litigation and other settlement gains or losses.

We base our annual employee bonus expense upon our expected annual adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and 
amortization (“EBITDA”) for that year. If we experience lower adjusted EBITDA in a quarter without a corresponding change to our full-year 
adjusted EBITDA expectation, our estimated bonus expense will not be reduced, which will have a negative impact on our quarterly results of 
operations for that quarter. Our quarterly results of operations may vary significantly and period-to-period comparisons of our results of 
operations may not be meaningful. The results of one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. If our 
quarterly results of operations fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline 
substantially.

Revenues from our performance-based engagements are difficult to predict, and the timing and extent of recovery of our costs is 
uncertain.

We have engagement agreements under which our fees include a significant performance-based component. Performance-based fees are 
contingent on the achievement of specific measures, such as our clients meeting cost-saving or other contractually-defined goals. The 
achievement of these contractually-defined goals may be subject to acknowledgment by the client and is often impacted by factors outside of 
our control, such as the actions of the client or other third parties. To the extent that any revenue is contingent upon the achievement of a 
performance target, we recognize such revenue using a process that requires us to make significant management judgments, estimates, and 
assumptions. While we believe that the estimates and assumptions we have used for revenue recognition are reasonable, subsequent 
changes could have a material impact to our future financial results. The percentage of our revenues derived from performance-based fees 
for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, was 10.1%, 9.2%, and 8.9%, respectively. A greater number of performance-based 
fee arrangements may result in increased volatility in our working capital requirements and greater variations in our quarter-to-quarter results, 
which could affect the price of our common stock. In addition, an increase in the proportion of performance-based fee arrangements may 
temporarily offset the positive effect on our operating results from an increase in our utilization rate until the related revenues are recognized.

The profitability of our fixed-fee engagements with clients may not meet our expectations if we underestimate the cost of these 
engagements.

When making proposals for fixed-fee engagements, we estimate the costs and timing for completing the engagements. These estimates 
reflect our best judgment regarding the efficiencies of our methodologies and consultants as we plan to deploy them on engagements. Any 
increased or unexpected costs or unanticipated delays in connection with the performance of fixed-fee engagements, including delays 
caused by factors outside our control, could make these contracts less profitable or unprofitable, which would have an adverse effect on our 
profit margin. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, fixed-fee engagements represented 44.2%, 41.4%, and 45.8%, of 
our revenues, respectively.

Our business performance might not be sufficient for us to meet the full-year financial guidance that we provide publicly.

We provide full-year financial guidance to the public based upon our expectations regarding our financial performance. While we believe that 
our annual financial guidance provides investors and analysts with insight to our view of the Company’s future performance, such financial 
guidance is based on assumptions that may not always prove to be accurate and may vary from actual results. If we fail to meet the full-year 
financial guidance that we provide, or if we find it necessary to revise or suspend such guidance during the year, the market value of our 
common stock could be adversely affected.

13

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Capital Resources

Our obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement are secured by a pledge of certain of the equity interests in our subsidiaries 
and a lien on substantially all of our assets and those of our subsidiary grantors. If we default on these obligations, our lenders 
may foreclose on our assets, including our pledged equity interest in our subsidiaries.

We entered into a second amended and restated security agreement with Bank of America (the “Security Agreement”) and a second 
amended and restated pledge agreement (the “Pledge Agreement”) in connection with our entry into the Second Amended and Restated 
Credit Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2015 (as amended and restated, the “Amended Credit Agreement”). Pursuant to the Security 
Agreement and to secure our obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement, we granted our lenders a first-priority lien, subject to 
permitted liens, on substantially all of the personal property assets that we and the subsidiary grantors own. Pursuant to the Pledge 
Agreement, we granted our lenders a security interest in 100% of the voting stock or other equity interests in our domestic subsidiaries and 
65% of the voting stock or other equity interests in certain of our foreign subsidiaries. If we default on our obligations under the Amended 
Credit Agreement, our lenders could accelerate our indebtedness and may be able to exercise their liens on the equity interests subject to the 
Pledge Agreement and their liens on substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiary grantors, which would have a material 
adverse effect on our business, operations, financial condition, and liquidity. In addition, the covenants contained in the Amended Credit 
Agreement impose restrictions on our ability to engage in certain activities, such as the incurrence of additional indebtedness, certain 
investments, certain acquisitions and dispositions, and the payment of dividends.

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations and obligations, expose us to 
interest rate risk to the extent of our variable-rate debt, and adversely affect our financial results.

At December 31, 2021, we had outstanding indebtedness of $230.0 million on our revolving line of credit that becomes due and payable in 
full upon maturity on September 27, 2024, and $2.8 million principal amount of our promissory note due March 1, 2024. Our ability to make 
scheduled payments of the principal, to pay interest, or to refinance our indebtedness, depends on our future performance. If we are unable 
to generate cash flow from operations sufficient to satisfy our obligations under our current indebtedness and any future indebtedness, we 
may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as reducing or delaying investments or capital expenditures, selling assets, 
refinancing, or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or dilutive. Our ability to refinance our current indebtedness or 
future indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of 
these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on the current indebtedness or future 
indebtedness.

The interest rates on our revolving line of credit and promissory note are linked to LIBOR. In 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) in 
the U.K. announced that it would phase out LIBOR as a benchmark rate by the end of 2021. In March 2021, the ICE Benchmark 
Administration Limited, the administrator of LIBOR, extended the transition dates of certain LIBOR tenors (including all U.S. Dollar LIBOR 
tenors other than one-week and two-month U.S. Dollar LIBOR tenors) to June 30, 2023, after which LIBOR reference rates will cease to be 
provided. Despite this deferral, the LIBOR administrator has advised that no new contracts using U.S. Dollar LIBOR should be entered into 
after December 31, 2021. As a result of the discontinuance of LIBOR, the future method and rates used to calculate our interest rates and/or 
payments on our debt may result in interest rates and/or payments that are higher than, or that do not otherwise correlate over time with, the 
interest rates and/or payments that would have been applicable to our obligations if LIBOR was available in its current form, which could have 
a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. While we continue to take steps to mitigate the impact of the 
phase-out or replacement of LIBOR, such efforts may not prove successful. Furthermore, the U.S. or global financial markets may be 
disrupted as a result of the phase-out or replacement of LIBOR, which could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations.

In addition, our indebtedness, combined with our other financial obligations and contractual commitments, could have other important 
consequences such as exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates because some of our borrowings are at variable interest rates; 
making us more vulnerable to adverse changes in general U.S. and worldwide economic, industry, and competitive conditions and adverse 
changes in government regulation; or reducing our capacity to obtain additional financing and flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes 
in our business and our industry. Any of these factors could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of 
operations.

Risks Related to Asset Impairment

Our goodwill and other intangible assets represent a substantial amount of our total assets, and we may be required to recognize a 
non-cash impairment charge for these assets if the performance of one or more of our reporting units falls below our expectations.

Our total assets reflect a substantial amount of goodwill and other intangible assets. At December 31, 2021, goodwill and other intangible 
assets totaled $652.8 million, or 58%, of our total assets. Goodwill results from our acquisitions, representing the excess of the fair value of 
consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired. We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, annually 
and whenever events or circumstances make it more likely than not that an impairment may have occurred. Intangible assets other than 
goodwill represent purchased assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill. Our intangible assets primarily 

14

Table of Contents

consist of customer relationships, trade names, technology and software, non-competition agreements, and customer contracts, all of which 
were acquired through business combinations. We evaluate our intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we 
recorded non-cash goodwill impairment charges totaling $59.8 million related to the Business Advisory segment. During 2021 and 2019, we 
did not record any non-cash goodwill impairment charges. No material impairment charges for intangible assets were recorded in 2021, 2020, 
or 2019. 

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires us to make significant judgments, estimates, and assumptions. While we believe that 
the estimates and assumptions underlying our valuation methodology are reasonable, these estimates and assumptions could have a 
significant impact on whether or not a non-cash goodwill impairment charge is recognized and also the magnitude of any such charge. The 
results of an impairment analysis are as of a point in time. There is no assurance that the actual future earnings or cash flows of our reporting 
units will be consistent with our projections. We will monitor any changes to our assumptions and will evaluate goodwill as deemed warranted 
during future periods. Any significant decline in our operations could result in additional non-cash goodwill impairment charges.

Refer to “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” within Part I - Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations” and Note 4 “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” within the notes to our consolidated financial statements for further 
discussion of our business combinations, goodwill, intangible assets, and impairment tests performed.

We may incur impairment charges with respect to our convertible debt investment in Shorelight.

In 2014 and 2015, we invested $27.9 million, in the form of zero coupon convertible debt, in Shorelight Holdings, LLC (“Shorelight”), the 
parent company of Shorelight Education. In the first quarter of 2020, we invested an additional $13.0 million, in the form of 1.69% convertible 
debt with a senior liquidation preference. Our investment is carried at its fair value of $65.9 million as of December 31, 2021, with unrealized 
holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2021, our investment in Shorelight is in an unrealized 
gain position. If the investment were to be in an unrealized loss position due to significant credit deterioration of Shorelight, we would 
recognize an allowance to decrease the carrying value of the investment to the fair value, which may be reversed in the event that the credit 
of Shorelight improves. As of December 31, 2021, we have not recognized any credit allowance on our investment. In the future, if there are 
adverse developments in Shorelight's business that may be the result of events within or outside of Shorelight's control, we may incur 
impairment charges with respect to our convertible debt investment, which could materially impact our results of operations.

General Risk Factors

Expanding our service offerings may involve additional risks and may not be profitable.

We may choose to develop new service offerings or eliminate service offerings because of market opportunities or client demands. 
Developing new service offerings involves inherent risks, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

our inability to estimate demand for the new service offerings;

competition from more established market participants;

exposure to new legal and operational risks;

a lack of market understanding;

unanticipated expenses to recruit and hire qualified consultants and to market our new service offerings; and

unanticipated challenges with service delivery.

Changes in capital markets, legal or regulatory requirements, and general economic or other factors beyond our control could 
reduce demand for our services, in which case our revenues and profitability could decline.

A number of factors outside of our control affect demand for our services. These include:

•

•

•

fluctuations in U.S. and global economies;

the U.S. or global financial markets and the availability, costs, and terms of credit;

changes in laws and regulations;

15

Table of Contents

•

•

political unrest, war, terrorism, geopolitical uncertainties, trade policies and sanctions, including the repercussions of an attack by 
Russia on Ukraine; and

other economic factors and general business conditions.

For example, some portion of the services we provide may be considered by our clients to be more discretionary in nature, as the demand for 
the services may be impacted by economic slowdowns. We are not able to predict the positive or negative effects that future events or 
changes to the U.S. or global economy, financial markets, or regulatory and business environment could have on our operations.

Changes in U.S. tax laws could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, results of operations and financial 
condition.

We are subject to income and other taxes in the U.S. at the state and federal level and also in foreign jurisdictions. Changes in applicable 
U.S. state, federal or foreign tax laws and regulations, or their interpretation and application, could materially affect our tax expense and 
profitability. 

Future changes in tax laws, treaties or regulations, and their interpretation or enforcement, may be unpredictable, particularly as taxing 
jurisdictions face an increasing number of political, budgetary and other fiscal challenges. Tax rates in the jurisdictions in which we operate 
may change as a result of macroeconomic and other factors outside of our control, making it increasingly difficult for multinational 
corporations like ourselves to operate with certainty about taxation in many jurisdictions. As a result, we could be materially adversely 
affected by future changes in tax law or policy (or in their interpretation or enforcement) in the jurisdictions where we operate, including the 
United States, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, results of operations, financial condition, as well as our 
effective income tax rate.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

None.

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES.

We do not own any real estate or other physical properties. Our administrative and principal executive offices are located at 550 W. Van 
Buren Street, Chicago, Illinois 60607. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as it is presently 
conducted. See Note 5 “Leases” within the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information on our office facilities.

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from Note 18 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" included 
within the notes to our consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. As of the date of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, we are not a party to any litigation or legal proceeding that, in the current opinion of management, could reasonably be 
expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations. However, due to the risks and uncertainties 
inherent in legal proceedings, actual results could differ from current expected results.

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not applicable.

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF 
EQUITY SECURITIES.

PART II

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “HURN.” As of February 17, 2022, there were 307 
registered holders of record of Huron’s common stock. A number of Huron’s stockholders hold their shares in street name; therefore, the 
Company believes that there are substantially more beneficial owners of its common stock.

Dividends

We have not declared or paid dividends on our common stock since we became a public company. Our board of directors re-evaluates this 
policy periodically. Any determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of the board of directors and will be dependent upon our 

16

Table of Contents

results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, terms of our financing arrangements, and such other factors as the board of 
directors deems relevant. In addition, the amount of dividends we may pay is subject to the restricted payment provisions of our senior 
secured credit facility. See the Liquidity and Capital Resources section under Part II—Item 7. “Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further information on the restricted payment provisions of our senior secured credit 
facility.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The information required by this item appears under Part III—Item 12. “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 
and Related Stockholders Matters.”

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

Our Stock Ownership Participation Program, 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan, and 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan, which was replaced by the 2012 
Omnibus Incentive Plan, permit the netting of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock awards to satisfy individual tax withholding 
requirements. During the quarter ended December 31, 2021, we reacquired 16,654 shares of common stock with a weighted average fair 
market value of $50.19 as a result of such tax withholdings. 

In November 2020, our board of directors authorized a share repurchase program (the “2020 Share Repurchase Program”) permitting us to 
repurchase up to $50 million of our common stock through December 31, 2021. During the third quarter of 2021, our board of directors 
authorized an extension of the 2020 Share Repurchase Program through December 31, 2022 and increased the authorized amount from $50 
million to $100 million. The amount and timing of repurchases under our share repurchase program is determined by management and 
depends on a variety of factors, including the trading price of our common stock, capacity under our credit facility, general market and 
business conditions, and applicable legal requirements. 

The following table provides information with respect to purchases we made of our common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 
2021.

Period

October 1, 2021 – October 31, 2021

November 1, 2021 – November 30, 2021

December 1, 2021 – December 31, 2021

Total

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased (1)

Average Price
Paid Per Share

850  $ 

14,660  $ 

97,279  $ 

112,789  $ 

52.42 

50.16 

47.56 

47.94 

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced Plans or 
Programs

Dollar Value of 
Shares that May Yet 
Be Purchased 
under the Plans or 
Programs (2)

—  $ 

—  $ 

96,135  $ 

96,135 

34,745,565 

34,745,565 

30,171,684 

(1) The number of shares repurchased included 850 shares in October 2021, 14,660 shares in November 2021 and 1,144 shares in 

December 2021 to satisfy employee tax withholding requirements. These shares do not reduce the repurchase authority under the 
Share Repurchase Program.

(2) As of the end of the period.

ITEM 6.

[Reserved]

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) should be read in conjunction with our 
Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes appearing under Part II—Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The 
following MD&A contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, without limitation, those 
described under Part I—Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Actual results may 
differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

The following information summarizes our results of operations for 2021, 2020, and 2019; and discusses those results of operations for 2021 
compared to 2020. For a discussion of our results of operations for 2020 compared to 2019, refer to Part II—Item 7. "Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2020, which was filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on February 23, 2021.

OVERVIEW

Huron is a global consultancy that collaborates with clients to drive strategic growth, ignite innovation and navigate constant change. Through 
a combination of strategy, expertise and creativity, we help clients accelerate operational, digital and cultural transformation, enabling the 
change our clients need to own their future. By embracing diverse perspectives, encouraging new ideas and challenging the status quo, 
Huron delivers sustainable results for the organizations it serves.

We provide our services and manage our business under three operating segments: Healthcare, Business Advisory, and Education. See Part 
I—Item 1. “Business—Overview—Our Services” and Note 19 “Segment Information” within the notes to our consolidated financial statements 
for a discussion of our three segments.

Effective January 1, 2022, we modified our operating model to expand and more deeply integrate our industry expertise with our digital, 
strategic and financial advisory capabilities. The new operating model will strengthen Huron’s go-to-market strategy, drive efficiencies that 
support margin expansion, and position the company to accelerate growth. 

To align with the new operating model, effective with reporting for periods beginning January 1, 2022, we will begin reporting under the 
following three industries, which will be our reportable segments: Healthcare, Education and Commercial. The Commercial segment will 
include all industries outside of healthcare and education, including, but not limited to, financial services and energy and utilities. In the new 
reporting structure, each segment will include all revenue and costs associated with engagements delivered in the respective industry 
segments. The new Healthcare and Education segments will include some revenue and costs historically reported in the Business Advisory 
segment and the Healthcare segment will include some revenue and costs historically reported in the Education segment. We will also 
provide revenue reporting across two principal capabilities: i) Consulting and Managed Services and ii) Digital. These changes will create 
greater transparency for investors by improving visibility into the core drivers of our business. While our consolidated results will not be 
impacted, we will recast our historical segment information during 2022 for consistent presentation.

Coronavirus (COVID-19)

The worldwide spread of COVID-19 beginning in 2020 has created significant volatility, uncertainty and disruption to the global economy. The 
pandemic had an unfavorable impact on aspects of our business, operations, and financial results, and caused us to significantly change the 
way we operate. Near the end of the first quarter of 2020, we suspended almost all business travel and our employees began working from 
their homes. While traditionally a majority of the work performed by our revenue-generating professionals occurred at client sites, the nature 
of the services we provide and enhanced available technology allows our revenue-generating professionals to effectively serve clients in a 
remote work environment. As federal, state and local government restrictions evolve, we continue to refine our comprehensive plan to return 
to our offices and client sites with our people’s safety and the needs of our clients guiding how we implement our phased transition. As of 
December 31, 2021, our employees continue to primarily work from their homes; however, most of our offices are open and we are providing 
our employees the flexibility to choose to work remotely, from our offices, or from client sites as needed and in accordance with 
recommended public health guidelines.

In each of our operating segments, we are working closely with our clients to support them and their ongoing business needs and provide 
relevant services to address their needs caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. However, since the beginning of the pandemic in 2020, some 
clients reprioritized and delayed projects which negatively impacted demand for certain offerings, particularly within our Healthcare and 
Education segments. Conversely, the COVID-19 pandemic strengthened demand for other services we provide, such as our cloud-based 
technology and analytics solutions within our Business Advisory segment and our restructuring and capital advisory solutions provided to 
organizations in transition also within our Business Advisory segment. 

Beginning in the second quarter of 2021 and continuing through the end of 2021, we saw strengthened demand for services in all of our 
segments compared to the same prior year period. As a result, total revenues in the fourth quarter of 2021 increased 25.2% compared to the 

18

Table of Contents

fourth quarter of 2020, and full year 2021 revenues increased 7.3% compared to 2020. We expect continued revenue growth in 2022 
compared to 2021.

In order to support our liquidity during the COVID-19 pandemic, we took proactive measures to increase available cash on hand including, 
but not limited to, borrowing under our senior secured credit facility in the first quarter of 2020 and reducing discretionary operating and 
capital spending. In the second, third and fourth quarters of 2020, we made repayments on our borrowings to reduce our total debt 
outstanding to pre-pandemic levels due to our ability to maintain adequate cash flows from operations and improved clarity around access to 
capital resources. In 2021, we borrowed under our credit facility primarily to fund our annual performance bonus payment in March 2021 and 
our acquisitions of businesses during the year. To further support our liquidity during the COVID-19 pandemic, we elected to defer the deposit 
of our employer portion of social security taxes beginning in April 2020 and through December 31, 2020, as provided for under the 
Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act ("CARES Act"). These deferred payments, which totaled $12.2 million, were paid in full in 
the third quarter of 2021. See the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below for additional information on these items. 

Enterprise Resource Planning System Implementation

In the fourth quarter of 2019, we began the implementation of a new cloud-based enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system designed to 
improve the efficiency of our internal finance, human resources, resource planning, and administrative operations. In January 2021, we 
successfully went live with the new ERP system, and we continue to progress with additional functionality and integrations as scheduled. The 
implementation progressed on schedule and was not significantly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic due to the ability of our 
implementation team to work and collaborate remotely and the enhanced technology and cloud-based nature of our new ERP system. We 
believe our investment in this new system will position our teams to drive efficiencies and provide more robust management reporting and 
data analytics to support future growth and the goals and vision of the company.

See Part II, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information on the potential impact the COVID-19 
pandemic could have on our business, operations and financial results.

Acquisitions and Divestiture

During 2021, we completed the following acquisitions:

•

•

Unico Solution, Inc. - On February 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Unico Solution, Inc. (“Unico Solutions”), a data strategy 
and technology consulting firm focused on helping clients enhance the use of their data to speed business transformation and 
accelerate cloud adoption. The acquisition expands our cloud-based technology offerings within the Business Advisory segment. 
The results of operations of Unico Solutions are included within the Business Advisory segment from the date of acquisition.

Bad Rabbit, Inc. - On October 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of the research administration software services team of Bad 
Rabbit, Inc. (“Bad Rabbit”). The results of operations of Bad Rabbit are included in our consolidated financial statements and 
results of operations of our Education segment from the date of acquisition.

• Whiteboard Communications Ltd. - On December 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Whiteboard Communications Ltd. 

(“Whiteboard”), a student enrollment advisory firm that helps colleges and universities with recruitment initiatives and financial aid 
strategies. The results of operations of Whiteboard are included in our consolidated financial statements and results of operations 
of our Education segment from the date of acquisition. 

•

Perception Health, Inc. - On December 31, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Perception Health, Inc. (“Perception Health”), a 
healthcare predictive analytics company focused on bringing data sources together for improved clinical and business decision-
making. The results of operations of Perception Health will be included in our consolidated financial statements and results of 
operations of our Healthcare segment beginning January, 1, 2022. 

The acquisitions of Unico Solutions, Bad Rabbit, Whiteboard and Perception Health are not significant to our consolidated financial 
statements individually or in the aggregate as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021.

On November 1, 2021, we completed the divestiture of our Life Sciences business to a third-party. The Life Sciences business, a reporting 
unit within the Business Advisory segment, provides commercial and research and development strategy, pricing and market access strategy 
solutions to customers in the life sciences industries. For the ten months ended October 31, 2021, Life Sciences revenues were $16.7 million. 
The Life Sciences business is not significant to our consolidated financial statements and does not qualify as a discontinued operation for 
reporting under GAAP.

How We Generate Revenues

A large portion of our revenues is generated by our full-time consultants who provide consulting and other professional services to our clients 
and are billable to our clients based on the number of hours worked, services provided, or achieved outcomes. A smaller portion of our 

19

Table of Contents

revenues is generated by our other professionals, also referred to as full-time equivalents, some of whom work variable schedules as needed 
by our clients. Full-time equivalent professionals consist of our coaches and their support staff from our Culture and Organizational 
Excellence solution, consultants who work variable schedules as needed by our clients, and our employees who provide software support 
and maintenance services to our clients. We translate the hours that these other professionals work on client engagements into a full-time 
equivalent measure that we use to manage our business. Another portion of our revenue is generated by our Healthcare Managed Services 
employees within our Healthcare segment. Our Healthcare Managed Services employees manage and provide revenue cycle billing, 
collections, insurance verification and change integrity services to clients. We refer to our billable consultants, full-time equivalents and 
Healthcare Managed Services employees as revenue-generating professionals.

Revenues generated by our billable consultants are primarily driven by the number of consultants we employ and their utilization rates, as 
well as the billing rates we charge our clients. Revenues generated by our other professionals, or full-time equivalents, are largely dependent 
on the number of consultants we employ, their hours worked, and billing rates charged. Revenues generated by our coaches are largely 
dependent on the number of coaches we employ and the total value, scope, and terms of the consulting contracts under which they provide 
services, which are primarily fixed-fee contracts. Revenues generated by our Healthcare Managed Services employees are largely 
dependent on the total value, scope and terms of the related contracts. 

We generate our revenues from providing professional services under four types of billing arrangements: fixed-fee (including software license 
revenue); time-and-expense; performance-based; and software support, maintenance and subscriptions.

In fixed-fee billing arrangements, we agree to a pre-established fee in exchange for a predetermined set of professional services. We set the 
fees based on our estimates of the costs and timing for completing the engagements. It is the client’s expectation in these engagements that 
the pre-established fee will not be exceeded except in mutually agreed upon circumstances. We generally recognize revenues under fixed-
fee billing arrangements using a proportionate performance approach, which is based on work completed to-date versus our estimates of the 
total services to be provided under the engagement. Contracts within our Culture and Organizational Excellence solution include fixed-fee 
partner contracts with multiple performance obligations, which primarily consist of coaching services, as well as speaking engagements, 
conferences, publications and software products (“Partner Contracts”). Revenues for coaching services and software products are generally 
recognized on a straight-line basis over the length of the contract. All other revenues under Partner Contracts, including speaking 
engagements, conferences and publications, are recognized at the time the goods or services are provided. 

Fixed-fee arrangements also include software licenses for our revenue cycle management software and research administration and 
compliance software. Licenses for our revenue cycle management software are sold only as a component of our consulting projects, and the 
services we provide are essential to the functionality of the software. Therefore, revenues from these software licenses are recognized over 
the term of the related consulting services contract. License revenue from our research administration and compliance software is generally 
recognized in the month in which the software is delivered. 

Fixed-fee engagements represented 44.2%, 41.4%, and 45.8% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, 
respectively.

Time-and-expense billing arrangements require the client to pay based on the number of hours worked by our revenue-generating 
professionals at agreed upon rates. Time-and-expense arrangements also include certain speaking engagements, conferences and 
publications purchased by our clients outside of Partner Contracts within our Culture and Organizational Excellence solution and the portion 
of our Healthcare Managed Services contracts that are billed under time-and-expense arrangements. We recognize revenues under time-
and-expense billing arrangements as the related services or publications are provided. Time-and-expense engagements represented 39.2%, 
43.4%, and 39.9% of our revenues in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

In performance-based fee billing arrangements, fees are tied to the attainment of contractually defined objectives. We enter into performance-
based engagements in essentially two forms. First, we generally earn fees that are directly related to the savings formally acknowledged by 
the client as a result of adopting our recommendations for improving operational and cost effectiveness in the areas we review. Second, we 
have performance-based engagements in which we earn a success fee when and if certain predefined outcomes occur. Often, performance-
based fees supplement our time-and-expense or fixed-fee engagements. We recognize revenues under performance-based billing 
arrangements by estimating the amount of variable consideration that is probable of being earned and recognizing that estimate over the 
length of the contract using a proportionate performance approach. Performance-based fee revenues represented 10.1%, 9.2%, and 8.9% of 
our revenues in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The level of performance-based fees earned may vary based on our clients’ risk sharing 
preferences and the mix of services we provide. 

Clients that have purchased one of our software licenses can pay an annual fee for software support and maintenance. We also generate 
subscription revenue from our cloud-based analytic tools and solutions. Software support, maintenance and subscription revenues are 
recognized ratably over the support or subscription period. These fees are generally billed in advance and included in deferred revenues until 
recognized. Software support and maintenance and subscription-based revenues represented 6.5%, 6.0%, and 5.4% of our revenues in 
2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

20

Table of Contents

Our quarterly results are impacted principally by our full-time consultants’ utilization rate, the bill rates we charge our clients, and the number 
of our revenue-generating professionals who are available to work. Our utilization rate can be negatively affected by increased hiring because 
there is generally a transition period for new professionals that results in a temporary drop in our utilization rate. Our utilization rate can also 
be affected by seasonal variations in the demand for our services from our clients. For example, during the third and fourth quarters of the 
year, vacations taken by our clients can result in the deferral of activity on existing and new engagements, which would negatively affect our 
utilization rate. The number of business work days is also affected by the number of vacation days taken by our consultants and holidays in 
each quarter. We typically have fewer business work days available in the fourth quarter of the year, which can impact revenues during that 
period.

Time-and-expense engagements do not provide us with a high degree of predictability as to performance in future periods. Unexpected 
changes in the demand for our services can result in significant variations in utilization and revenues and present a challenge to optimal 
hiring and staffing. Moreover, our clients typically retain us on an engagement-by-engagement basis, rather than under long-term recurring 
contracts. The volume of work performed for any particular client can vary widely from period to period.

Reimbursable Expenses

Reimbursable expenses that are billed to clients, primarily relating to travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with 
engagements, are included in total revenues and reimbursable expenses. Under fixed-fee billing arrangements, we estimate the total amount 
of reimbursable expenses to be incurred over the course of the engagement and recognize the estimated amount as revenue using the 
proportionate performance approach, which is based on work completed to-date versus our estimates of the total services to be provided 
under the engagement. Under time-and-expense billing arrangements, we recognize reimbursable expenses as revenue as the related 
services are provided, using the right to invoice practical expedient. Reimbursable expenses are recognized as expenses in the period in 
which the expense is incurred. Subcontractors that are billed to clients at cost are also included in reimbursable expenses. When billings do 
not specifically identify reimbursable expenses, we allocate the portion of the billings equivalent to these expenses to reimbursable expenses. 

We manage our business on the basis of revenues before reimbursable expenses, which we believe is the most accurate reflection of our 
services because it eliminates the effect of reimbursable expenses that we bill to our clients at cost.

Total Direct Costs

Our most significant expenses are costs classified as total direct costs. Total direct costs primarily include salaries, performance bonuses, 
signing and retention bonuses, payroll taxes, and benefits for revenue-generating professionals, as well as technology costs, product and 
event costs, commissions, and fees paid to independent contractors that we retain to supplement our revenue-generating professionals, 
typically on an as-needed basis for specific client engagements. Direct costs also include share-based compensation, which represents the 
cost of restricted stock and performance-based share awards, granted to our revenue-generating professionals. Compensation expense for 
restricted stock awards and performance-based share awards is recognized ratably using either the straight-line attribution method or the 
graded vesting attribution method, as appropriate, over the requisite service period, which is generally three to four years. Total direct costs 
also include amortization of internally developed software costs and intangible assets primarily related to technology and software, certain 
customer relationships, and customer contracts acquired in business combinations.

Operating Expenses and Other Losses (Gains), Net

Our operating expenses include selling, general and administrative expenses, which consist primarily of salaries, performance bonuses, 
payroll taxes, benefits, and share-based compensation for our support personnel. Also included in selling, general and administrative 
expenses is rent and other office related expenses, referred to as facilities expenses; sales and marketing related expenses; third-party 
professional fees; recruiting and training expenses; and practice administration and meetings expenses. Other operating expenses include 
restructuring charges, other gains and losses, depreciation and certain amortization expenses not included in total direct costs.

Segment Results

Segment operating income consists of the revenues generated by a segment, less the direct costs of revenue and selling, general and 
administrative expenses that are incurred directly by the segment. Unallocated costs include corporate costs related to administrative 
functions that are performed in a centralized manner that are not attributable to a particular segment. These administrative function costs 
include corporate office support costs, office facility costs, costs related to accounting and finance, human resources, legal, marketing, 
information technology, and company-wide business development functions, as well as costs related to overall corporate management.

21

Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, selected segment and consolidated operating results and other operating data. The 
results of operations for acquired businesses have been included in our results of operations since the date of their respective acquisition.

In conjunction with our continuous evaluation of the appropriate level of disaggregation of revenues as our business evolves and in 
consideration of a group hire of approximately 300 employees in our Healthcare Managed Services solution within our Healthcare segment in 
the second quarter of 2021, we began assessing our operating performance by the following three employee types: billable consultants, full-
time equivalents, and Healthcare Managed Services employees. The other operating data previously reported for the twelve months ended 
December 31, 2020 and 2019 was revised below to reflect this change. This change has no impact on our consolidated total revenues or 
total revenues by segment.

Segment and Consolidated Operating Results (in thousands):
Healthcare:
Revenues
Operating income
Segment operating income as a percentage of segment revenues
Business Advisory:
Revenues
Operating income
Segment operating income as a percentage of segment revenues
Education:
Revenues
Operating income
Segment operating income as a percentage of segment revenues
Total Company:
Revenues
Reimbursable expenses
Total revenues and reimbursable expenses
Statements of Operations reconciliation:
Segment operating income
Items not allocated at the segment level:

Other operating expenses
Litigation and other losses (gains)
Depreciation and amortization
Goodwill impairment charges (1)

Total operating income (loss)

Other income (expense), net

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income (loss) from continuing operations 
Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations

Basic
Diluted 

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2021

2019

$  377,577 
$  104,010 

$  353,437 
94,925 
$ 

$  399,221 
$  125,724 

 27.5 %

 26.9 %

 31.5 %

$  291,663 
48,236 
$ 

$  267,361 
48,046 
$ 

$  252,508 
49,695 
$ 

 16.5 %

 18.0 %

 19.7 %

$  236,400 
52,772 
$ 

$  223,329 
47,503 
$ 

$  225,028 
55,741 
$ 

 22.3 %

 21.3 %

 24.8 %

$  905,640 
21,318 
$  926,958 

$  844,127 
26,887 
$  871,014 

$  876,757 
88,717 
$  965,474 

$  205,018 

$  190,474 

$  231,160 

131,372 
173 
20,634 
— 
52,839 
27,197 
80,036 
17,049 
62,987 

2.94 
2.89 

$ 

$ 
$ 

135,255 
(150) 
24,405 
59,816 
(28,852) 
(5,021) 
(33,873) 
(10,155) 
(23,718) 

(1.08) 
(1.08) 

$ 

$ 
$ 

140,285 
(1,196) 
28,365 
— 
63,706 
(11,215) 
52,491 
10,512 
41,979 

1.91 
1.87 

$ 

$ 
$ 

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Other Operating Data:
Number of billable consultants (at period end) (2):
Healthcare
Business Advisory
Education
Total

Average number of billable consultants (for the period) (2):
Healthcare
Business Advisory
Education
Total

Billable consultant utilization rate (3):
Healthcare
Business Advisory
Education
Total

Billable consultant average billing rate per hour (4):
Healthcare
Business Advisory (5)
Education

Total (5)

Revenue per billable consultant (in thousands):
Healthcare
Business Advisory
Education
Total

Average number of full-time equivalents (for the period) (6):
Healthcare
Business Advisory
Education
Total

Revenue per full-time equivalent (in thousands):
Healthcare
Business Advisory
Education
Total

Healthcare Managed Services(7):
Total revenues (in thousands)
Average number of Healthcare Managed Services employees (for the period)

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

2021

869 
1,116 
901 
2,886 

822 
1,115 
779 
2,716 

 72.0 %
 69.1 %
 73.0 %
 71.1 %

820 
1,051 
737 
2,608 

863 
962 
775 
2,600 

 69.0 %
 72.4 %
 70.3 %
 70.7 %

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

243 
198 
190 
209 

305 
246 
253 
266 

153 
52 
53 
258 

518 
343 
743 
528 

47,718 
382 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

227 
195 
187 
202 

272 
264 
247 
262 

187 
30 
52 
269 

481 
455 
618 
504 

28,663 
91 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

890 
930 
756 
2,576 

849 
892 
686 
2,427 

 79.4 %
 72.5 %
 76.8 %
 76.1 %

229 
201 
199 
211 

328 
273 
285 
296 

230 
14 
47 
291 

504 
655 
617 
530 

4,453 
14 

(1) The non-cash goodwill impairment charges are not allocated at the segment level because the underlying goodwill asset is reflective of our 

corporate investment in the segments. We do not include the impact of goodwill impairment charges in our evaluation of segment performance.

(2) Consists of our consulting professionals who provide consulting services and generate revenues based on the number of hours worked.

(3) Utilization rate for our billable consultants is calculated by dividing the number of hours all of our billable consultants worked on client 

assignments during a period by the total available working hours for all of these consultants during the same period, assuming a forty-hour work 
week, less paid holidays and vacation days.

(4) Average billing rate per hour for our billable consultants is calculated by dividing revenues for a period by the number of hours worked on client 

assignments during the same period.

(5) The Business Advisory segment includes operations of Huron Eurasia India. Absent the impact of Huron Eurasia India, the average billing rate 
per hour for the Business Advisory segment would have been $216, $213, and $228 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, 
respectively. 

Absent the impact of Huron Eurasia India, Huron's consolidated average billing rate per hour would have been $216, $209, and $220 for the 
years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(6) Consists of coaches and their support staff within our Culture and Organizational Excellence solution, consultants who work variable schedules 

as needed by our clients, and full-time employees who provide software support and maintenance services to our clients.

(7) Consists of employees who manage and provide revenue cycle billing, collections, insurance verification and change integrity services to our 

healthcare clients.

Non-GAAP Measures

We also assess our results of operations using certain non-GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP financial measures differ from GAAP 
because the non-GAAP financial measures we calculate to measure earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization 
(“EBITDA”), adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues, adjusted net income from continuing operations, and adjusted 
diluted earnings per share from continuing operations exclude a number of items required by GAAP, each discussed below. These non-
GAAP financial measures should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for or superior to, any measure of performance, cash 
flows, or liquidity prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our non-GAAP financial measures may be defined differently from time to time and 
may be defined differently than similar terms used by other companies, and accordingly, care should be exercised in understanding how we 
define our non-GAAP financial measures.

Our management uses the non-GAAP financial measures to gain an understanding of our comparative operating performance, for example 
when comparing such results with previous periods or forecasts. These non-GAAP financial measures are used by management in their 
financial and operating decision making because management believes they reflect our ongoing business in a manner that allows for 
meaningful period-to-period comparisons. Management also uses these non-GAAP financial measures when publicly providing our business 
outlook, for internal management purposes, and as a basis for evaluating potential acquisitions and dispositions. We believe that these non-
GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating Huron’s current operating 
performance and future prospects in the same manner as management does and in comparing in a consistent manner Huron’s current 
financial results with Huron’s past financial results.

The reconciliations of these financial measures from GAAP to non-GAAP are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts): 

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

$ 
$ 

905,640 
62,987 

$ 
$ 

844,127 
(23,718) 

$ 
$ 

17,049 
8,150 
26,347 
114,533 

12,401 
198 
1,782 
— 
— 
(31,510) 
419 
97,823 

$ 

(10,155) 
9,292 
29,644 
5,063 

21,374 
(150) 
1,132 
59,816 
(1,667) 
1,603 
(31) 
87,140 

$ 

2019

876,757 
41,979 

10,512 
15,648 
33,740 
101,879 

1,855 
(1,196) 
2,680 
— 
— 
— 
160 
105,378 

 10.8 %

 10.3 %

 12.0 %

Revenues
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Add back:

Income tax expense (benefit)
Interest expense, net of interest income 
Depreciation and amortization

Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization 
(EBITDA)
Add back:

Restructuring and other charges
Litigation and other losses (gains)
Transaction-related expenses
Goodwill impairment charges
Unrealized gain on preferred stock investment
Losses (gains) on sales of businesses
Foreign currency transaction losses (gains), net

Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues

$ 

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Weighted average shares - diluted
Diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations
Add back:

Amortization of intangible assets
Restructuring and other charges
Litigation and other losses (gains), net
Transaction-related expenses
Goodwill impairment charges
Non-cash interest on convertible notes
Unrealized gain on preferred stock investment
Losses (gains) on sales of businesses
Tax effect of adjustments
Tax benefit related to “check-the-box” election

Total adjustments, net of tax

Adjusted net income from continuing operations
Adjusted weighted average shares - diluted

Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

62,987  $ 
21,809 

2.89  $ 

9,251 
12,401 
198 
1,782 
— 
— 
— 
(31,510) 
1,742 
— 
(6,136) 
56,851  $ 

21,809 

2.61  $ 

(23,718)  $ 
21,882 

(1.08)  $ 

12,696 
21,374 
(150) 
1,132 
59,816 
— 
(1,667) 
1,603 
(23,199) 
— 
71,605 
47,887  $ 

22,299 

2.15  $ 

41,979 
22,507 
1.87 

17,793 
1,855 
(1,196) 
2,680 
— 
6,436 
— 
— 
(7,200) 
(736) 
19,632 
61,611 

22,507 

2.74 

These non-GAAP financial measures include adjustments for the following items:

Amortization of intangible assets: We have excluded the effect of amortization of intangible assets from the calculation of adjusted net income 
from continuing operations presented above. Amortization of intangible assets is inconsistent in its amount and frequency and is significantly 
affected by the timing and size of our acquisitions.

Restructuring and other charges: We have incurred charges due to the restructuring of various parts of our business, including restructuring 
charges related to the sale of the Life Sciences business in the fourth quarter of 2021 and the restructuring plan announced in the fourth 
quarter of 2020 to reduce operating costs to address the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business. These restructuring charges 
primarily consist of costs associated with office space consolidations, including lease impairment charges and accelerated depreciation on 
lease-related property and equipment, and employee-related charges. Additionally, we have excluded the effect of a $0.8 million one-time 
charge incurred during the first quarter of 2020 related to redundant administrative costs in our corporate operations which is recorded within 
selling, general and administrative expenses on our consolidated statement of operations. We have excluded the effect of the restructuring 
and other charges from our non-GAAP measures to permit comparability with periods that were not impacted by these items.

Litigation and other losses (gains), net: We have excluded the effects of litigation and other losses (gains), net which primarily relate to the 
remeasurement of our contingent consideration liabilities related to business acquisitions and litigation settlement losses and gains to permit 
comparability with periods that were not impacted by these items.

Transaction-related expenses: To permit comparability with prior periods, we excluded the impact of third-party legal and accounting fees 
incurred in 2021 and 2020 related to business acquisitions. We also excluded the impact of third-party legal and accounting fees incurred in 
2019 related to the evaluation of a potential acquisition that ultimately did not consummate.

Goodwill impairment charges: We have excluded the effect of the goodwill impairment charges recognized in the first quarter of 2020 as 
these are infrequent events and their exclusion permits comparability with periods that were not impacted by such charges.

Non-cash interest on convertible notes: We incurred non-cash interest expense relating to the implied value of the equity conversion 
component of our Convertible Notes, which matured in October 2019. The value of the equity conversion component was treated as a debt 
discount and amortized to interest expense over the life of the Convertible Notes using the effective interest rate method. We excluded this 
non-cash interest expense that does not represent cash interest payments from the calculation of adjusted net income from continuing 
operations as management believes that this non-cash expense is not indicative of the ongoing performance of our business.

Unrealized gain on preferred stock investment: We have excluded the effect of an unrealized gain recognized in other income (expense), net 
in 2020 related to the fair value of our preferred stock investment in Medically Home Group, Inc. (“Medically Home”), as management 
believes that this gain is not indicative of the ongoing performance of our business and its exclusion permits comparability with prior periods. 

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Losses (gains) on sales of businesses: We have excluded the effect of non-operating losses and gains recognized as a result of sales of 
businesses as they are infrequent, management believes that these items are not indicative of the ongoing performance of our business, and 
their exclusion permits comparability with periods that were not impacted by such items. The 2021 gain relates to the sale of our Life 
Sciences business within the Business Advisory segment in the fourth quarter of 2021, and the 2020 loss primarily relates to the sale of our 
U.K. life sciences drug safety practice within the Business Advisory segment in the fourth quarter of 2020.

Foreign currency transaction losses (gains), net: We have excluded the effect of foreign currency transaction losses and gains from the 
calculation of adjusted EBITDA because the amount of each loss or gain is significantly affected by timing and changes in foreign exchange 
rates.

Tax effect of adjustments: The non-GAAP income tax adjustment reflects the incremental tax impact applicable to the non-GAAP 
adjustments.

Tax benefit related to "check-the-box" election: We have excluded the positive impact of a tax benefit, recorded in the third quarter of 2019, 
from recognizing a previously unrecognized tax benefit due to the expiration of statute of limitations on our “check-the-box” election made in 
2015 to treat certain wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries as disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The exclusion of this 
discrete tax benefit permits comparability with periods that were not impacted by this item. 

Income tax expense, Interest expense, net of interest income, Depreciation and amortization: We have excluded the effects of income tax 
expense, interest expense, net of interest income, and depreciation and amortization in the calculation of EBITDA as these are customary 
exclusions as defined by the calculation of EBITDA to arrive at meaningful earnings from core operations excluding the effect of such items. 
Included within the depreciation and amortization adjustment is the amortization of capitalized implementation costs of our ERP and other 
related software, which is included within selling, general and administrative expenses on our consolidated statement of operations.

Adjusted weighted average shares - diluted: As we reported a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2020, GAAP diluted weighted 
average shares outstanding equals the basic weighted average shares outstanding for that period. For the year ended December 31, 2020, 
the non-GAAP adjustments described above resulted in adjusted net income from continuing operations. Therefore, we included the dilutive 
common stock equivalents in the calculation of adjusted diluted weighted average shares outstanding for that period.

Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020 

Revenues

Revenues increased $61.5 million, or 7.3%, to $905.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $844.1 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2020. The increase in revenues reflected strengthened demand for services in all of our segments and the incremental 
revenues from our acquisitions, as discussed below in Segment Results. 

Of the overall $61.5 million increase in revenues, $41.2 million was attributable to our billable consultants, $19.1 million was attributable to 
our Healthcare Managed Services employees and $1.2 million was attributable to our full-time equivalents.

The increase in billable consultant revenues was attributable to an increase in demand for services in all of our segments, as discussed 
below in Segment Results. The overall increase in billable consultant revenues reflected overall increases in the average number of billable 
consultants, average billing rate, and consultant utilization rate in 2021 compared to 2020. 

The increase in Healthcare Managed Services revenues was primarily attributable to an increase in demand for these services, which led to 
an increase in the average number of Healthcare Managed Services employees in 2021 compared to the prior year. At the beginning of the 
second quarter of 2021, we hired approximately 300 employees to expand our capacity to manage and provide revenue cycle billing, 
collections, insurance verification and change integrity services to our healthcare clients. These employees are serving clients in our 
Healthcare Managed Services capability, including serving under a short-term contract with an existing client which we entered into in 
connection with this group hire.

The increase in full-time equivalent revenues was attributable to an increase in full-time equivalent revenues in our Education and Business 
Advisory segments, partially offset by a decrease in full-time equivalent revenues in our Healthcare segment, as discussed below in Segment 
Results; and reflected an overall increase in revenue per full-time equivalent, partially offset by an overall decrease in the average number of 
full-time equivalents in 2021 compared to 2020.

In most of 2020 and the first quarter of 2021, the COVID-19 pandemic negatively impacted sales and elongated the sales cycle for new 
opportunities for certain services, particularly within our Healthcare and Education segments as some clients reprioritized or delayed certain 
projects. Subsequent to the first quarter of 2021, we saw an increase in our sales pipeline and the pace of signings in our Healthcare and 
Education businesses. While overall demand for our services in the first quarter of 2021 was negatively impacted by the COVID-19 
pandemic, the overall demand for our services strengthened in 2021 compared to 2020 and we expect continued revenue growth in 2022 
compared to 2021.

26

Table of Contents

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused the need for many companies to accelerate their digital transformation to drive operational efficiencies, 
better engage with their customers, and make better data-driven decisions. This has resulted in strong demand for our digital, technology and 
analytic offerings, particularly within our Business Advisory segment. Indicative of our expectations for future growth in this capability, we 
continue to make investments in these offerings, both organically and through strategic acquisitions, such as our acquisitions of ForceIQ in 
2020 and Unico Solutions and Perception Health in 2021, and through the addition of new offerings and solutions where we see strategic 
opportunities in the digital capability.

Total Direct Costs

Direct costs, excluding amortization of intangible assets and software development costs, increased $44.3 million, or 7.5%, to $636.8 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $592.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The overall $44.3 million increase in 
direct costs primarily related to a $32.5 million increase in salaries and related expenses for our revenue-generating professionals, which was 
largely driven by an overall increase in headcount; an $8.0 million increase in performance bonus expense for our revenue-generating 
professionals; and a $3.4 million increase in signing, retention and other bonus expense for our revenue-generating professionals. As a 
percentage of revenues, our direct costs slightly increased to 70.3% during 2021 compared to 70.2% during 2020.

Total direct costs for the year ended December 31, 2021 included $3.8 million of amortization expense for internal software development 
costs and intangible assets, compared to $5.4 million of amortization expense in same the prior year period. Intangible asset amortization 
included within total direct costs related to technology and software, certain customer relationships, and customer contracts acquired in 
connection with our business acquisitions. See Note 4 “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” within the notes to our consolidated financial 
statements for additional information on our intangible assets. 

Operating Expenses and Other Losses (Gains), Net

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $7.2 million, or 4.2%, to $177.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, 
compared to $170.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The $7.2 million increase primarily related to a $3.0 million increase in 
performance bonus expense for our support personnel, a $2.4 million increase in legal expense, a $2.1 million increase in software and data 
hosting expense, a $1.9 million increase in salaries and related expenses for our support personnel, a $1.7 million increase in third-party 
professional advisory expense, and a $1.6 million increase in signing, retention and other bonus expense for our support personnel. The 
increase in legal expense and third-party professional advisory expense was primarily attributable to transaction-related expenses incurred 
with the acquisitions completed in 2021. These increases in selling, general and administrative expenses were partially offset by a $3.2 
million decrease in practice administration and meetings expense and a $1.4 million decrease in office supplies expense. As a percentage of 
revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 19.6% during 2021 compared to 20.2% during 2020, primarily due to 
revenue growth that outpaced the increase in salaries and related expenses for our support personnel and the decrease in practice 
administration and meetings expense. 

Restructuring charges for the year ended December 31, 2021 totaled $12.4 million, compared to $20.5 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2020. On November 1, 2021, we completed the sale of our Life Sciences business, a reporting unit within the Business 
Advisory segment, to a third-party. In connection with the sale, we incurred $8.5 million of restructuring charges, consisting of $6.8 million of 
transaction-related employee payments, $0.9 million of third-party legal and professional advisory fees, and $0.8 million of accelerated 
amortization and depreciation on the operating lease right-of-use asset ("ROU") and fixed assets related to our London, U.K. office space, 
which we vacated as a result of the Life Sciences divestiture. In the ten months ended October 31, 2021, the Life Sciences business 
generated $16.7 million of revenue and is not significant to our consolidated financial statements. Additionally, in 2021, we incurred $2.3 
million of rent and related expenses, net of sublease income, and accelerated depreciation on furniture and fixtures for other previously 
vacated office spaces, $1.3 million of other employee-related expenses in our Business Advisory segment, and $0.2 million of third-party 
professional advisory fees related to the reorganization of our internal operating and financial reporting structure. See Note 19 "Segment 
Information" within the notes to our consolidated financial statements for more information on our segment reorganization that is effective in 
the first quarter of 2022.

In the fourth quarter of 2020, we announced a restructuring plan to reduce operating costs to address the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic 
on our business. The restructuring plan provided for a reduction in certain leased office spaces which included a portion of our principal 
executive office in Chicago, Illinois, and additional domestic locations. As a result, we recognized $13.2 million of non-cash lease impairment 
charges on the related operating lease ROU assets and fixed assets which we intend to sublease, and $0.7 million of accelerated 
amortization and depreciation on the related operating lease ROU assets and fixed assets we abandoned. The fourth quarter 2020 
restructuring plan also included a reduction in workforce, which resulted in a $4.8 million restructuring charge for employee severance costs; 
of which $2.0 million related to our Education segment, $1.2 million related to our Healthcare segment, $1.0 million related to our Business 
Advisory segment, and $0.6 million related to our corporate operations. Additional restructuring charges recognized in 2020 include a $1.2 
million accrual for the termination of a third-party advisor agreement in our Business Advisory segment and $0.4 million related to workforce 
reductions completed prior to the fourth quarter of 2020 to better align resources with market demand. See Note 11 “Restructuring Charges” 
within the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information on our restructuring events.

27

Table of Contents

Litigation and other losses (gains), net totaled a loss of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, which primarily consisted of 
remeasurement losses to increase the fair value of our contingent consideration liability related to a business combination. Litigation and 
other gains, net totaled a gain of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which consisted of a litigation settlement gain for the 
resolution of a claim that was settled in the first quarter of 2020. See Note 13 “Fair Value of Financial Instruments” within the notes to our 
consolidated financial statements for additional information on the fair value of contingent consideration liabilities.

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $2.6 million, or 10.7%, to $21.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $24.3 
million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily attributable to decreasing amortization expense for customer 
relationships acquired in business acquisitions due to the accelerated basis of amortization in prior periods, including the customer 
relationships acquired in our Studer Group acquisition; and customer relationships acquired in other business acquisitions that were fully 
amortized in prior periods; as well as a decrease in depreciation expense for leasehold improvements and furniture and fixtures related to 
vacated office spaces. Intangible asset amortization expense included within operating expenses primarily related to certain customer 
relationships, trade names, and non-competition agreements acquired in connection with our business acquisitions. See Note 4 “Goodwill 
and Intangible Assets” within the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information on our intangible assets. 

During the first quarter of 2020, we recorded $59.8 million of non-cash pretax goodwill impairment charges related to our Strategy and 
Innovation and Life Sciences reporting units within our Business Advisory segment; primarily related to the expected decline in sales, 
increased uncertainty in the backlog and a decrease in the demand for the services these reporting units provide, as a result of the COVID-19 
pandemic. These charges were non-cash in nature and did not affect our liquidity or debt covenants. See Note 4 “Goodwill and Intangible 
Assets” within the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information on the charges. 

Operating Income (Loss)

Operating income increased $81.7 million, to income of $52.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from a loss of $28.9 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase is primarily attributable to the $59.8 million non-cash pretax goodwill impairment charges 
recognized in the first quarter of 2020 that related to our Business Advisory segment. The increase in operating income is also attributable to 
the increase in revenues and the decrease in restructuring charges for 2021 compared to 2020, partially offset by the increases in salaries 
and related expenses for our revenue-generating professionals, performance bonus expense for our revenue-generating professionals, and 
selling, general and administrative expenses in 2021 compared to 2020. Operating margin, which is defined as operating income (loss) 
expressed as a percentage of revenues, increased to 5.8% in 2021 compared to (3.4)% in 2020. The increase in operating margin was 
primarily attributable to the goodwill impairment charges recognized in 2020, the decrease in restructuring charges and the increase in 
revenues in 2021 compared to 2020.

Total Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest expense, net of interest income decreased $1.1 million to $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $9.3 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2020, primarily attributable to lower levels of borrowing under our credit facility during 2021 compared to 2020. 
See Note 7 “Financing Arrangements” within the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information about our senior 
secured credit facility.

Other income, net totaled $35.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 and primarily consisted of a $31.5 million pre-tax gain 
recognized on the sale of our Life Sciences business in the fourth quarter of 2021 and a $4.2 million net unrealized gain in the market value 
of our investments that are used to fund our deferred compensation liability. Other income, net totaled $4.3 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2020 and primarily consisted of a $4.1 million net unrealized gain in the market value of our investments that are used to fund 
our deferred compensation liability; a $1.7 million unrealized gain in the fair value of our preferred stock investment in Medically Home Group, 
Inc.; and a $1.5 million loss on the sale of our U.K. life sciences drug safety practice in the fourth quarter of 2020. See Note 13 “Fair Value of 
Financial Instruments” within the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information on our preferred stock investment in 
Medically Home Group, Inc, and Note 3 "Acquisitions and Divestitures" within the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional 
information on the divestitures completed in 2021 and 2020.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

For the year ended December 31, 2021, our effective tax rate was 21.3% as we recognized income tax expense from continuing operations 
of $17.0 million on income from continuing operations of $80.0 million. The effective tax rate for 2021 was more favorable than the statutory 
rate, inclusive of state income taxes, of 26.3% primarily due to the tax benefits related to the CARES Act described below. The effective tax 
rate also reflected the positive impact of certain federal tax credits and a discrete tax benefit recognized during the second quarter of 2021 
related to electing the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) high-tax exclusion retroactively for the 2018 tax year. On July 20, 2020, 
the U.S. Treasury issued and enacted final regulations related to GILTI that allow certain U.S. taxpayers to elect to exclude foreign income 
that is subject to a high effective tax rate from their GILTI inclusions. The GILTI high-tax exclusion is an annual election and is retroactively 
available. These favorable items were partially offset by certain nondeductible business expenses and increases in our valuation allowance 
primarily due to increases in deferred tax assets recorded for foreign tax credits. 

28

Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2020, our effective tax rate was 30.0% as we recognized an income tax benefit from continuing operations 
of $10.2 million on a loss from continuing operations of $33.9 million. The effective tax rate for 2020 was more favorable than the statutory 
rate, inclusive of state income taxes, of 26.5%, primarily due to the tax benefit related to the CARES Act described below, a discrete tax 
benefit for share-based compensation awards that vested primarily in the first quarter of 2020, the positive impact of certain federal tax 
credits and a tax benefit related to non-taxable gains on our investments used to fund our deferred compensation liability. These favorable 
items were partially offset by increases in our valuation allowance primarily due to increases in deferred tax assets recorded for foreign tax 
credits, certain nondeductible business expenses and the nondeductible portion of the goodwill impairment charges recorded during the first 
quarter of 2020.

The CARES Act, which was signed into law on March 27, 2020, is an approximately $2 trillion emergency economic stimulus package in 
response to the COVID-19 outbreak, which among other items, includes income tax provisions relating to the net operating loss carryback 
period, options to defer payroll tax payments for a limited period and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified 
improvement property. As a result of the CARES Act, we recognized a $1.5 million tax benefit in 2020 related to the remeasurement of a 
portion of our income tax receivable for the federal net operating losses incurred in 2018 and 2020 that were carried back to prior year 
income, both for a refund at the higher, prior year tax rate. As a result of electing the retroactive GILTI high-tax exlusion in the second quarter 
of 2021, we recognized a $1.0 million tax benefit of which $0.4 million related to carrying back our increased 2018 federal net operating loss 
to prior year income for a refund at the higher, prior year tax rate. During the third quarter of 2021, we recognized an additional tax benefit of 
$2.0 million, primarily related to the U.S. federal return to provision adjustments for carrying back our increased 2020 federal net operating 
loss to prior year income for a refund at the higher, prior year tax rate. 

See Note 17 “Income Taxes” within the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information on our income tax expense 
(benefit).

Net Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations and Earnings (Loss) per Share

Net income from continuing operations increased by $86.7 million to net income from continuing operations of $63.0 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2021, from a net loss from continuing operations of $23.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase 
is primarily attributable to the $59.8 million non-cash pre-tax goodwill impairment charges related to our Business Advisory segment 
recognized in the first quarter of 2020 and the $31.5 million pre-tax gain on sale of our Life Sciences business in the fourth quarter of 2021, 
partially offset by the tax impact of these items, as well as the increase in revenues partially offset by the increases in direct costs and selling, 
general and administrative expenses discussed above. As a result of the increase in net income from continuing operations, diluted earnings 
per share from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $2.89 compared to a diluted loss per share from continuing 
operations of $1.08 for 2020. The gain on sale of our Life Sciences business in the fourth quarter of 2021 had a $1.09 favorable impact on 
diluted earnings per share from continuing operations in 2021 and the non-cash goodwill impairment charges had a $2.07 unfavorable impact 
on diluted earnings per share from continuing operations in 2020.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

EBITDA increased $109.5 million to $114.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 
2020. The increase in EBITDA was primarily attributable to the $59.8 million non-cash goodwill impairment charges related to our Business 
Advisory segment recognized in the first quarter of 2020; the $31.5 million gain on sale of our Life Sciences business in the fourth quarter of 
2021; and the increase in segment operating income, as discussed in Segment Results below.

Adjusted EBITDA increased $10.7 million to $97.8 million in 2021 from $87.1 million in 2020. The increase in adjusted EBITDA was primarily 
attributable to the increase in segment operating income, partially offset by an increase in corporate expenses, excluding the impact of 
restructuring charges on these items. 

Adjusted Net Income from Continuing Operations and Adjusted Earnings per Share

Adjusted net income from continuing operations increased $9.0 million to $56.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to 
$47.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. As a result of the increase in adjusted net income from continuing operations, adjusted 
diluted earnings per share from continuing operations was $2.61 in 2021 compared to $2.15 in 2020.

Segment Results

Healthcare

Revenues

Healthcare segment revenues increased $24.1 million, or 6.8%, to $377.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $353.4 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2020. The overall increase was primarily due to strengthened demand for this segment's services 

29

Table of Contents

subsequent to the first quarter of 2021 and the favorable comparison against 2020, which was more significantly impacted by the COVID-19 
pandemic as some clients reprioritized and delayed certain projects as a result of the uncertainties surrounding the pandemic.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, revenues from fixed-fee arrangements; time-and-expense arrangements; performance-based 
arrangements; and software support, maintenance and subscription arrangements represented 57.8%, 17.1%, 19.4%, and 5.7% of this 
segment’s revenues, respectively, compared to 57.3%, 16.5%, 19.6%, and 6.6%, respectively, in 2020. Performance-based fee revenue was 
$73.4 million in 2021, compared to $69.3 million in 2020. The level of performance-based fees earned may vary based on our clients’ risk 
sharing preferences and the mix of services we provide. 

Of the overall $24.1 million increase in revenues, $19.1 million was attributable to an increase in revenues from our Healthcare Managed 
Services employees and $15.6 million was attributable to an increase in revenues from our billable consultants, partially offset by a $10.5 
million decrease in revenues from our full-time equivalents. 

The increase in revenues attributable to our Healthcare Managed Services employees was primarily attributable to an increase in demand for 
these services, which led to an increase in the average number of managed services employees in 2021 compared to the prior year. At the 
beginning of the second quarter of 2021, we hired approximately 300 employees to expand our capacity to manage and provide revenue 
cycle billing, collections, insurance verification and change integrity services to our healthcare clients. These employees are serving clients in 
our Healthcare Managed Services capability, including serving under a short-term contract with an existing client which we entered into in 
connection with this group hire. 

The increase in revenues attributable to our billable consultants reflected increases in the average billing rate and the consultant utilization 
rate, partially offset by a decrease in the average number of billable consultants during 2021 compared to the prior year.

The decrease in full-time equivalent revenues was primarily driven by a decrease in demand for certain services and a decreased use of 
contractors and project consultants; and reflected a decrease in the average number of full-time equivalents, partially offset by an increase in 
revenue per full-time equivalent during 2021 compared to the same prior year period.

Operating Income

Healthcare segment operating income increased $9.1 million, or 9.6%, to $104.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $94.9 
million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The Healthcare segment operating margin, defined as segment operating income expressed 
as a percentage of segment revenues, increased to 27.5% in 2021 from 26.9% in 2020. The increase in this segment’s operating margin was 
primarily attributable to decreases in salaries and related expenses for our support personnel, contractor expense, practice administration 
and meetings expense, and restructuring charges. These increases to the segment operating margin were partially offset by an increase in 
performance bonus expense for our revenue-generating professionals, as a percentage of revenues.

Business Advisory

Revenues

Business Advisory segment revenues increased $24.3 million, or 9.1%, to $291.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $267.4 
million for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily related to strengthened demand for our cloud-based technology and analytics 
solutions and our strategy and innovation solutions. Revenues in 2021 included $14.3 million of incremental revenues from our acquisitions of 
ForceIQ and Unico Solutions, which were completed in November 2020 and February 2021, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, revenues from fixed-fee arrangements; time-and-expense arrangements; performance-based 
arrangements; and software support, maintenance and subscription arrangements represented 41.7%, 49.0%, 6.3%, and 3.0% of this 
segment's revenues, respectively, compared to 38.0%, 57.1%, 3.0%, and 1.9%, respectively, in 2020. Performance-based fee revenue for 
the year ended December 31, 2021 was $18.3 million compared to $8.1 million in 2020. The level of performance-based fees earned may 
vary based on our clients’ preferences and the mix of services we provide.

Of the overall $24.3 million increase in revenues, $19.9 million was attributable to an increase in revenues generated by our billable 
consultants and $4.4 million was attributable to an increase in revenues generated by our full-time equivalents. The increase in revenues 
from our full-time billable consultants reflected increases in the average number of billable consultants and the average billing rate, partially 
offset by a decrease in the consultant utilization rate in 2021 compared to 2020. The increase in revenues from our full-time equivalents was 
driven by an increased use of contractors and reflected an increase in the average number of full-time equivalents, partially offset by a 
decrease in revenue per full-time equivalent in 2021 compared to 2020.

30

Table of Contents

On November 1, 2021, we completed the divestiture of the Life Sciences business to a third-party. The Life Sciences business, a reporting 
unit within the Business Advisory segment, provides commercial and research and development strategy, pricing and market access strategy 
solutions to customers in the life sciences industries. For the ten months ended October 31, 2021, Life Sciences revenues were $16.7 million. 
The Life Sciences business is not significant to our consolidated financial statements and does not qualify as a discontinued operation for 
reporting under GAAP.

Operating Income

Business Advisory segment operating income increased to $48.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $48.0 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2020. The Business Advisory segment operating margin decreased to 16.5% for 2021 from 18.0% for 2020. 
The decrease in this segment’s operating margin was primarily attributable to increases in restructuring charges, salaries and related 
expenses for our revenue-generating professionals and contractor expense, as percentages of revenues; partially offset by a decrease in 
performance bonus expense for our revenue-generating professionals. 

The first quarter 2020 non-cash goodwill impairment charges related to the Strategy and Innovation and Life Sciences reporting units within 
the Business Advisory segment, which are discussed above within consolidated results, are not allocated at the segment level because the 
underlying goodwill asset is reflective of our corporate investment in the segment. We do not include the impact of goodwill impairment 
charges in our evaluation of segment performance. See the “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section below and Note 4 “Goodwill 
and Intangible Assets” within the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information on the goodwill impairment charges 
and our goodwill balances.

Education

Revenues

Education segment revenues increased $13.1 million, or 5.9%, to $236.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $223.3 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2020. This segment's revenues were significantly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic beginning in the 
third quarter of 2020 through the first half of 2021 as some clients reprioritized and delayed certain projects as a result of the uncertainties 
surrounding the pandemic. In the second half of 2021, demand for this segment's services strengthened, driving an overall increase in total 
revenues for full year 2021 compared to full year 2020. Revenues in 2021 included $0.6 million of incremental revenues from our acquisition 
of Whiteboard, which was completed in December 2021.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, revenues from fixed-fee arrangements; time-and-expense arrangements; and software support, 
maintenance and subscription arrangements represented 25.4%, 62.3%, and 12.3% of this segment’s revenues, respectively. Revenues from 
fixed-fee arrangements; time-and-expense arrangements; performance-based arrangements; and software support, maintenance and 
subscription arrangements represented 20.1%, 69.6%, 0.3%, and 10.0% of this segment's revenues, respectively, in 2020.

Of the overall $13.1 million increase in revenues, $7.3 million was attributable to our full-time equivalents and $5.8 million was attributable to 
our billable consultants. The increase in revenues from our full-time equivalents was primarily driven by an increase in software subscriptions, 
software support and maintenance, and data hosting revenues, partially offset by a decreased use of contractors and project consultants. 
The overall increase in full-time equivalent revenues reflected an increase in revenue per full-time equivalent in 2021 compared to the same 
prior year period. The increase in revenues from our billable consultants reflected increases in the consultant utilization rate, average billing 
rate, and the average number of billable consultants in 2021 compared to 2020. 

Operating Income

Education segment operating income increased $5.3 million, or 11.1%, to $52.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $47.5 
million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The Education segment operating margin increased to 22.3% for 2021 from 21.3% for 
2020. The increase in this segment's operating margin was primarily attributable to revenue growth that outpaced the increase in salaries and 
related expenses for our revenue-generating professionals, as well as a decrease in restructuring charges. These increases to the operating 
margin were partially offset by increases in performance bonus expense and signing, retention and other bonus expense for our revenue-
generating professionals, as percentages of revenues. 

31

Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Cash and cash equivalents were $20.8 million, $67.2 million, and $11.6 million at December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. As of 
December 31, 2021, our primary sources of liquidity are cash on hand, cash flows from our U.S. operations, and borrowing capacity available 
under our credit facility. 

Cash Flows (in thousands):

Net cash provided by operating activities

Net cash used in investing activities

Net cash used in financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Operating Activities

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$ 

$ 

17,987  $ 

136,738  $ 

(20,143) 

(44,410) 

170 

(42,034) 

(39,615) 

484 

(46,396)  $ 

55,573  $ 

132,220 

(35,002) 

(118,836) 

115 

(21,503) 

Our operating assets and liabilities consist primarily of receivables from billed and unbilled services, accounts payable and accrued 
expenses, accrued payroll and related benefits, operating lease obligations and deferred revenues. The volume of services rendered and the 
related billings and timing of collections on those billings, as well as payments of our accounts payable and salaries, bonuses, and related 
benefits to employees affect these account balances. Our purchase obligations primarily consist of payments for software and other 
information technology products to support our business and corporate infrastructure. See Note 5 "Leases" within the notes to our 
consolidated financial statements for information on our contractual obligations related to our office space leases.

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $118.8 million to $18.0 million in 2021 from $136.7 million in 2020. The decrease in net 
cash provided by operating activities in 2021 compared to 2020 was primarily attributable to a decrease in cash collections in 2021 compared 
to the prior year, increases in payments for salaries and related expenses for our employees and the $12.2 million payment in the third 
quarter of 2021 of the employer's portion of social security taxes deferred from 2020, as provided for under the CARES Act. These decreases 
to net operating cash flows were partially offset by a decrease in the amount paid for annual performance bonuses in the first quarter of 2021 
compared to the first quarter of 2020.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities primarily consist of purchases of complementary businesses; purchases of property and equipment, primarily related 
to computers and related equipment for our employees and leasehold improvements and furniture for office spaces; payments related to 
internally developed cloud-based software sold to our clients; and investments. Our investments include a convertible note investment in 
Shorelight Holdings, LLC, a preferred stock investment in Medically Home Group, Inc., and investments in life insurance policies that are 
used to fund our deferred compensation liability.    

The use of cash in 2021 primarily consisted of $44.8 million for the purchases of businesses; $10.9 million for purchases of property and 
equipment; $4.9 million for payments related to internally developed software; and $1.2 million for contributions to our life insurance policies. 
These uses of cash from investing activities were partially offset by $41.3 million of cash received for the sale of the Life Sciences business 
within the Business Advisory segment in the fourth quarter of 2021.

The use of cash in 2020 primarily consisted of $13.0 million for the purchase of an additional convertible debt investment in Shorelight
Holdings, LLC in the first quarter of 2020; $8.7 million for the purchases of businesses in the second half of 2020; $8.3 million for payments 
related to internally developed software; $8.1 million for purchases of property and equipment; $2.5 million for contributions to our life 
insurance policies; and $1.5 million for payments related to the divestiture of our U.K. life sciences drug safety practice within the Business 
Advisory segment. 

We estimate that cash utilized for purchases of property and equipment and software development in 2022 will total approximately $20 million 
to $25 million; primarily consisting of software development costs, leasehold improvements and furniture and fixtures for certain office 
locations, and information technology related equipment to support our corporate infrastructure.

Financing Activities

Our financing activities primarily consist of borrowings and repayments under our senior secured credit facility, share repurchases, shares 
redeemed for employee tax withholdings upon vesting of share-based compensation, and payments for contingent consideration liabilities 
related to business acquisitions. See "Financing Arrangements" below for additional information on our senior secured credit facility.

Net cash used in financing activities increased by $4.8 million to $44.4 million in 2021 from $39.6 million in 2020.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

During 2021, we borrowed $235.0 million under our senior secured credit facility, primarily to fund our operations, including our annual 
performance bonus payment in the first quarter of 2021 and for the acquisitions completed in the fourth quarter of 2021. We made 
repayments on our credit facility of $205.0 million during 2021. Additionally, we repurchased and retired $64.6 million of our common stock 
under our 2020 Share Repurchase Program, as defined below, and repurchased and retired $0.2 million of our common stock that was 
accrued as of December 31, 2021. We also reacquired $10.1 million of common stock as a result of tax withholdings upon vesting of share-
based compensation.

During 2020, we borrowed $283.0 million under our senior secured credit facility, all of which was in the first quarter of 2020, including $125.0 
million in March 2020 to maintain excess cash and support liquidity during the period of uncertainty created by the COVID-19 pandemic, as 
well as to fund our annual performance bonus payment. During 2020, we made repayments on our senior secured credit facility of $288.0 
million due to our ability to maintain adequate cash flows from operations and improved clarity around access to capital resources during the 
COVID-19 pandemic, and repayments of $0.6 million on our promissory note due 2024. Additionally, we repurchased and retired $25.9 
million of our common stock under our share repurchase programs, discussed below, and settled $1.2 million of share repurchases that were 
accrued as of December 31, 2019. We also reacquired $7.9 million of common stock as a result of tax withholdings upon vesting of share-
based compensation.

Share Repurchase Programs

In November 2020, our board of directors authorized a share repurchase program (the “2020 Share Repurchase Program”) permitting us to 
repurchase up to $50 million of our common stock through December 31, 2021. The 2020 Share Repurchase Program was authorized 
subsequent to the expiration of our prior share repurchase program (the “2015 Share Repurchase Program”) on October 31, 2020. The 2015 
Share Repurchase Program permitted us to repurchase up to $125 million of our common stock through October 31, 2020. During the third 
quarter of 2021, our board of directors authorized an extension of the 2020 Share Repurchase Program through December 31, 2022 and 
increased the authorized amount from $50 million to $100 million.The amount and timing of repurchases under our share repurchase 
programs is determined by management and depends on a variety of factors, including the trading price of our common stock, capacity under 
our credit facility, general market and business conditions, and applicable legal requirements. As of December 31, 2021, $30.2 million 
remains available under the plan for share repurchases. 

Financing Arrangements

At December 31, 2021, we had $230.0 million outstanding under our senior secured credit facility and $2.8 million outstanding under a 
promissory note, as discussed below.

Senior Secured Credit Facility

The Company has a $600 million senior secured revolving credit facility, subject to the terms of a Second Amended and Restated Credit 
Agreement dated as of March 31, 2015, as amended to date (as amended and modified the "Amended Credit Agreement"), that becomes 
due and payable in full upon maturity on September 27, 2024. The Amended Credit Agreement provides the option to increase the revolving 
credit facility or establish term loan facilities in an aggregate amount of up to $150 million, subject to customary conditions and the approval 
of any lender whose commitment would be increased, resulting in a maximum available principal amount under the Amended Credit 
Agreement of $750 million. Borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement may be used for working capital, capital expenditures, 
acquisitions of businesses, share repurchases, and general corporate purposes.

Fees and interest on borrowings vary based on our Consolidated Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement). At our 
option, borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement will bear interest at one, two, three or six-month LIBOR or an alternate base rate, in 
each case plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin will fluctuate between 1.125% per annum and 1.875% per annum, in the case of 
LIBOR borrowings, or between 0.125% per annum and 0.875% per annum, in the case of base rate loans, based upon our Consolidated 
Leverage Ratio at such time. Fees and interest on borrowings is paid on a monthly basis.

Amounts borrowed under the Amended Credit Agreement may be prepaid at any time without premium or penalty. We are required to prepay 
the amounts outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement in certain circumstances. In addition, we have the right to permanently 
reduce or terminate the unused portion of the commitments provided under the Amended Credit Agreement at any time.

The Amended Credit Agreement contains usual and customary representations and warranties; affirmative and negative covenants, which 
include limitations on liens, investments, additional indebtedness, and restricted payments; and two quarterly financial covenants as follows: 
(i) a maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio (defined as the ratio of debt to consolidated EBITDA) of 3.75 to 1.00; however, the maximum 
permitted Consolidated Leverage Ratio will increase to 4.00 to 1.00 upon the occurrence of certain Qualified Acquisitions (as defined in the 
Amended Credit Agreement), and (ii) a minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (defined as the ratio of consolidated EBITDA to 
interest) of 3.50 to 1.00. Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of the financial covenants is calculated on a continuing operations basis and 
includes adjustments to add back non-cash goodwill impairment charges, share-based compensation costs, certain non-cash restructuring 
charges, pro forma historical EBITDA for businesses acquired, and other specified items in accordance with the Amended Credit Agreement. 

33

Table of Contents

For purposes of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, total debt is on a gross basis and is not netted against our cash balances. At 
December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we were in compliance with these financial covenants. Our Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of 
December 31, 2021 was 1.73 to 1.00, compared to 1.94 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2020. Our Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio as of 
December 31, 2021 was 18.43 to 1.00, compared to 12.51 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2020. 

The Amended Credit Agreement contains restricted payment provisions, including a potential limit on the amount of dividends we may pay. 
Pursuant to the terms of the Amended Credit Agreement, if our Consolidated Leverage Ratio is greater than 3.25, the amount of dividends 
and other Restricted Payments (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) we may pay is limited to an amount up to $25 million.

Principal borrowings outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 totaled $230.0 million 
and $200.0 million, respectively. These borrowings carried a weighted average interest rate of 2.7% at December 31, 2021 and 2.5% at 
December 31, 2020 including the impact of the interest rate swap described in Note 12 “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity" within 
the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility is reduced by any outstanding 
borrowings under the revolving credit facility and outstanding letters of credit. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had outstanding letters of 
credit totaling $0.7 million and $1.6 million, respectively, which are primarily used as security deposits for our office facilities, and the unused 
borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility was $369.3 million and $398.4 million, respectively.

For further information, see Note 7 “Financing Arrangements” within the notes to the consolidated financial statements. For a discussion of 
certain risks and uncertainties related to the Amended Credit Agreement, see Part I—Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”

Promissory Note due 2024

On June 30, 2017, in conjunction with our purchase of an aircraft related to the acquisition of Innosight, we assumed, from the sellers of the 
aircraft, a promissory note with an outstanding principal balance of $5.1 million. The principal balance of the promissory note is subject to 
scheduled monthly principal payments until the maturity date of March 1, 2024, at which time a final payment of $1.5 million, plus any 
accrued and unpaid interest, will be due. Under the terms of the promissory note, we pay interest on the outstanding principal amount at a 
rate of one-month LIBOR plus 1.97% per annum. The obligations under the promissory note are secured pursuant to a Loan and Aircraft 
Security Agreement with Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC, which grants the lender a first priority security interest in the aircraft. At 
December 31, 2021, the outstanding principal amount of the promissory note was $2.8 million, and the aircraft had a carrying amount of $3.7 
million. At December 31, 2020, the outstanding principal amount of the promissory note was $3.3 million, and the aircraft had a carrying 
amount of $4.4 million. Principal and interest payments for the promissory note are paid on a monthly basis. In the first quarter of 2022, we 
completed the sale of the aircraft to a third-party and used a portion of the sale proceeds to pay the remaining principal and unpaid interest 
on the promissory note. As a result of the sale, we no longer own any aircraft.

For further information, see Note 7 “Financing Arrangements” within the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Future Needs

Throughout 2020 and into 2021, our primary financing need was to support our operations and maintain our liquidity during the COVID-19 
pandemic. As such, we took proactive measures to increase available cash on hand, including, but not limited to, borrowing under our senior 
secured credit facility, reducing discretionary operating and capital expenses, and electing to defer the deposit of our employer portion of 
social security taxes as provided for under the CARES Act.

Given improved visibility to our project backlog and access to capital resources, our primary financing need has now returned to funding our 
long-term growth. Our growth strategy is to expand our service offerings, which may require investments in new hires, acquisitions of 
complementary businesses, possible expansion into other geographic areas, and related capital expenditures. 

We believe our internally generated liquidity, together with our available cash, and the borrowing capacity available under our revolving credit 
facility will be adequate to support our current financing needs and long-term growth strategy. Our ability to secure additional financing, if 
needed, in the future will depend on several factors, including our future profitability, the quality of our accounts receivable and unbilled 
services, our relative levels of debt and equity, and the overall condition of the credit markets.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We are not a party to any material off-balance sheet arrangements.

34

Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, 
which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Our 
significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” within the notes to our consolidated 
financial statements. We regularly review our financial reporting and disclosure practices and accounting policies to ensure that our financial 
reporting and disclosures provide accurate information relative to the current economic and business environment. The preparation of 
financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make assessments, estimates, and assumptions that affect the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, as well 
as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Critical accounting policies and estimates are those policies 
and estimates that we believe present the most complex or subjective measurements and have the most potential to impact our financial 
position and operating results. While all decisions regarding accounting policies and estimates are important, we believe that there are five 
accounting policies and estimates that could be considered critical: revenue recognition, allowances for doubtful accounts and unbilled 
services, business combinations, carrying values of goodwill and other intangible assets, and accounting for income taxes.

Revenue Recognition

We generate substantially all of our revenues from providing professional services to our clients. We also generate revenues from software 
licenses, software support and maintenance and subscriptions to our cloud-based analytic tools and solutions, speaking engagements, 
conferences, and publications.

Our revenue is generated under four types of billing arrangements: fixed-fee (including software license revenue); time-and-expense; 
performance-based; and software support, maintenance and subscriptions. Determining the method and amount of revenue to recognize 
requires us to make judgments and estimates. Specifically, multiple performance obligation arrangements require us to allocate the total 
transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price, for which we rely on our overall pricing 
objectives, taking into consideration market conditions and other factors. Provisions are recorded for the estimated realization adjustments on 
all engagements, including engagements for which fees are subject to review by the bankruptcy courts. We continually evaluate our 
estimates of the provisions based on available information and experiences. Additionally, when accounting for fixed-fee and performance-
based billing arrangements, as well as reimbursable expenses, we must make additional judgments and estimates as further described 
below. 

In fixed-fee billing arrangements, we agree to a pre-established fee in exchange for a predetermined set of professional services. We set the 
fees based on our estimates of the costs and timing for completing the engagements. We generally recognize revenues under fixed-fee 
billing arrangements using a proportionate performance approach, which is based on work completed to-date versus our estimates of the 
total services to be provided under the engagement. Estimates of total engagement revenues and cost of services are monitored regularly 
during the term of the engagement. Any increased or unexpected costs or unanticipated delays in connection with the performance of these 
engagements could make these contracts less profitable or unprofitable. 

In performance-based billing arrangements, fees are tied to the attainment of contractually defined objectives. We enter into performance-
based engagements in essentially two forms. First, we generally earn fees that are directly related to the savings formally acknowledged by 
the client as a result of adopting our recommendations for improving operational and cost effectiveness in the areas we review. Second, we 
have performance-based engagements in which we earn a success fee when and if certain predefined outcomes occur. We recognize 
revenue under performance-based billing arrangements using the following steps: 1) estimate variable consideration using a probability-
weighted assessment of the fees to be earned, 2) apply a constraint to the estimated variable consideration to limit the amount that could be 
reversed when the uncertainty is resolved (the “constraint”), and 3) recognize revenue of estimated variable consideration, net of the 
constraint, based on work completed to-date versus our estimates of the total services to be provided under the engagement. Our estimates 
are monitored throughout the life of each contract and are based on an assessment of our anticipated performance, historical experience, 
and other information available at the time. While we believe that the estimates and assumptions we used for revenue recognition for 
performance-based billing arrangements are reasonable, subsequent changes could materially impact our results of operations.

Expense reimbursements that are billable to clients are included in total revenues and reimbursable expenses. Under fixed-fee billing 
arrangements, we estimate the total amount of reimbursable expenses to be incurred over the course of the engagement and recognize the 
estimated amount as revenue using a proportionate performance approach, which is based on work completed to-date versus our estimates 
of the total services to be provided under the engagement. When billings do not specifically identify reimbursable expenses under any billing 
arrangement type, we allocate the portion of the billings equivalent to these expenses to reimbursable expenses. Any increased or 
unexpected costs in the reimbursable expenses could impact our results of operations

See Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” within the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information 
on our revenue recognition accounting policy. 

35

Table of Contents

Allowances for Doubtful Accounts and Unbilled Services

We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts and for services performed but not yet billed based on several factors, including the estimated 
cash realization from amounts due from clients, an assessment of a client’s ability to make required payments, and the historical percentages 
of fee adjustments and write-offs by age of receivables and unbilled services. The allowances are assessed by management on a regular 
basis. These estimates may differ from actual results. If the financial condition of a client deteriorates in the future, impacting the client’s 
ability to make payments, an increase to our allowance might be required or our allowance may not be sufficient to cover actual write-offs.

We record the provision for doubtful accounts and unbilled services as a reduction in revenue to the extent the provision relates to fee 
adjustments and other discretionary pricing adjustments. To the extent the provision relates to a client’s inability to make required payments 
on accounts receivables, we record the provision to selling, general and administrative expenses.

Business Combinations

Upon our adoption of Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets 
and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers which we retrospectively applied to all acquisitions in 2021, contract assets and 
contract liabilities acquired are recorded at their carrying value under Topic 606: Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Prior to adoption 
of ASU 2021-08, contract assets and contract liabilities were recognized at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. All other 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination, including identifiable intangible assets, are recorded at their estimated fair 
values as of the acquisition date. Goodwill is recorded as the excess of the fair value of consideration transferred, including any contingent 
consideration, over the net value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. We base the fair values of identifiable intangible assets on 
detailed valuations that require management to make significant judgments, estimates, and assumptions, such as the expected future cash 
flows to be derived from the intangible assets, discount rates that reflect the risk factors associated with future cash flows, and estimates of 
useful lives.

We measure and recognize contingent consideration at fair value as of the acquisition date. We estimate the fair value of contingent 
consideration based on either a probability-weighted assessment of the specific financial performance targets being achieved or a Monte 
Carlo simulation model, as appropriate. These fair value measurements require the use of significant judgments, estimates, and 
assumptions, including financial performance projections and discount rates. The fair value of the contingent consideration is reassessed 
quarterly based on assumptions used in our latest financial projections and input provided by practice leaders and management, with any 
change in the fair value estimate recorded in earnings in that period. Increases or decreases in the fair value of contingent consideration 
liabilities resulting from changes in the estimates or assumptions could materially impact the financial statements. 

See Note 3 “Acquisitions and Divestitures” within the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information on our 
acquisitions and Note 13 “Fair Value of Financial Instruments” within the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional 
information on our contingent consideration liabilities. 

Carrying Values of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

We test goodwill for impairment, at the reporting unit level, annually and whenever events or circumstances make it more likely than not that 
an impairment may have occurred. We perform our annual goodwill impairment test as of November 30 and monitor for interim triggering 
events on an ongoing basis. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component) 
to which goodwill is assigned when initially recorded. We assign goodwill to reporting units based on our integration plans and the expected 
synergies resulting from the acquisition. As of December 31, 2021, we have five reporting units: Healthcare, Education, Business Advisory, 
Strategy and Innovation, and Enterprise Solutions and Analytics. The Business Advisory, Strategy and Innovation, and Enterprise Solutions 
and Analytics reporting units, make up our Business Advisory operating segment.

Under GAAP, we have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of current events or circumstances 
would lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of one of our reporting units is greater than its carrying value. If 
we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying value, no further testing is necessary. 
However, if we conclude otherwise, then we are required to perform a quantitative impairment test by calculating the fair value of the 
reporting unit and comparing the fair value with the carrying value of the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its 
carrying value, a non-cash impairment charge is recorded in an amount equal to that difference with the loss not to exceed the total amount 
of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. 

We determine the fair value using a combination of the income approach and the market approach. For a company such as ours, the income 
and market approaches will generally provide the most reliable indications of fair value because the value of such companies is dependent on 
their ability to generate earnings.

36

Table of Contents

In the income approach, we utilize a discounted cash flow analysis, which involves estimating the expected after-tax cash flows that will be 
generated by each reporting unit and then discounting those cash flows to present value, reflecting the relevant risks associated with each 
reporting unit and the time value of money. This approach requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including forecasted 
revenue growth rates, forecasted EBITDA margins, and discount rates. Our forecasts are based on historical experience, current backlog, 
expected market demand, and other industry information. 

In the market approach, we utilize the guideline company method, which involves calculating revenue and EBITDA multiples based on 
operating data from guideline publicly traded companies. Multiples derived from guideline companies provide an indication of how much a 
knowledgeable investor in the marketplace would be willing to pay for a company. These multiples are evaluated and adjusted based on 
specific characteristics of the reporting units relative to the selected guideline companies and applied to the reporting units' operating data to 
arrive at an indication of value.

The following is a discussion of our goodwill impairment test performed during 2021.

2021 Annual Goodwill Impairment Analysis

Pursuant to our policy, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test as of November 30, 2021 for our five reporting units with goodwill 
balances: Healthcare, Education, Business Advisory, Strategy and Innovation, and Enterprise Solutions and Analytics. We performed a 
qualitative assessment over all reporting units to determine if it was more likely than not the respective fair values of these reporting units 
were less than their carrying amounts, including goodwill.

For our qualitative assessment, we considered the most recent quantitative analysis performed for each reporting unit, which was as of 
November 30, 2020, including the key assumptions used within that analysis, the indicated fair values, and the amount by which those fair 
values exceeded their carrying amounts. One of the key assumptions used within the prior quantitative analysis was our internal financial 
projections; therefore, we considered the actual performance of each reporting unit during 2021 compared to the internal financial projections 
used, as well as specific outlooks for each reporting unit based on our most recent internal financial projections. We also considered the 
market-based valuation multiples used in the market approach within our prior quantitative analysis, which were derived from guideline 
companies, and noted that the valuation multiples generally increased over the past year. We also reviewed the current carrying value of 
each reporting unit in comparison to the carrying values as of the prior quantitative analysis. In addition, we considered various factors, 
including macroeconomic conditions, relevant industry and market trends for each reporting unit, and other entity-specific events, that could 
indicate a potential change in the fair value of our reporting units or the composition of their carrying values. Based on our assessments, we 
determined that it was more likely than not that the fair values for each of our reporting units exceeded their respective carrying amounts. As 
such, the goodwill for our reporting units was not considered impaired as of November 30, 2021, and a quantitative goodwill impairment 
analysis was not necessary.

Determining the fair value of any reporting unit requires us to make significant judgments, estimates, and assumptions. While we believe that 
the estimates and assumptions underlying our valuation methodology are reasonable, these estimates and assumptions could have a 
significant impact on whether or not a non-cash impairment charge is recognized and also the magnitude of such charge. The results of an 
impairment analysis are as of a point in time. There is no assurance that the actual future earnings or cash flows of our reporting units will be 
consistent with our projections. We will continue to monitor any changes to our assumptions and will evaluate goodwill as deemed warranted 
during future periods. Any significant decline in our operations compared to our internal forecasts could result in additional non-cash goodwill 
impairment charges, which could be material.

The carrying value of goodwill for each of our reporting units as of December 31, 2021 is as follows (in thousands):

Reporting Unit
Healthcare
Education 
Business Advisory
Strategy and Innovation
Enterprise Solutions and Analytics

Total

Carrying Value
of Goodwill

$ 

$ 

434,870 
121,570 
16,094 
37,522 

10,823 
620,879 

Intangible assets represent purchased assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill. Our intangible assets, net 
of accumulated amortization, totaled $31.9 million at December 31, 2021 and primarily consist of customer relationships, trade names, 
technology and software, non-competition agreements, and customer contracts, all of which were acquired through business combinations. 
We evaluate our intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the 
assets may not be recoverable. No impairment charges for intangible assets were recorded in 2021.

37

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Income Taxes

Our income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and reserves for unrecognized tax benefits reflect management’s best 
assessment of estimated future taxes to be paid. In determining our provision for income taxes on an interim basis, we estimate our annual 
effective tax rate based on information available at each interim period. Changes in applicable U.S. state, federal or foreign tax laws and 
regulations, or their interpretation and application, could materially affect our tax expense.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial 
statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. These deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be 
recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in management’s opinion, it is more likely than not that 
some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized. Factors considered in making this determination include the period of 
expiration of the tax asset, planned use of the tax asset, tax planning strategies and historical and projected taxable income as well as tax 
liabilities for the tax jurisdiction in which the tax asset is located. Valuation allowances will be subject to change in each future reporting 
period as a result of changes in one or more of these factors.

Our tax positions are subject to income tax audits by federal, state, local, and foreign tax authorities. A tax benefit from an uncertain position 
may be recognized in the financial statements only if it is more likely than not that the position is sustainable, based on its technical merits. 
We measure the tax benefit recognized as the largest amount of benefit which is more likely than not to be realized upon settlement with the 
taxing authority. The estimate of the potential outcome of any uncertain tax issue is subject to management’s assessment of relevant risks, 
facts and circumstances existing at that time. We believe that positions taken on our tax returns are fully supported. However, final 
determinations of prior year tax positions upon settlement with the taxing authority could be materially different from estimates. The outcome 
of these final determinations could have a material impact on our provision for taxes, net income, or cash flows in the period in which that 
determination is made. 

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Refer to Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" within the notes to the consolidated financial statements for information on new 
accounting pronouncements.

SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On January 18, 2022, we completed the acquisition of AIMDATA, LLC, (“AIMDATA”), an advisory and implementation consulting services 
firm focused on strategy, technology and business transformation. The results of operations of AIMDATA will be included within our 
consolidated financial statements from the close date, and will be allocated among our three operating industries, which are our reportable 
segments, based on the engagements delivered by the business. AIMDATA revenues will be reported in our Digital capability. The 
acquisition of AIMDATA is not significant to our consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

We are exposed to market risks primarily from changes in interest rates and changes in the market value of our investments.

Market Risk and Interest Rate Risk

We have exposure to changes in interest rates associated with borrowings under our bank credit facility, which has variable interest rates tied 
to LIBOR or an alternate base rate, at our option. At December 31, 2021, we had borrowings outstanding under the credit facility totaling 
$230.0 million that carried a weighted average interest rate of 2.7% including the impact of the interest rate swaps described below. A 
hypothetical 100 basis point change in the interest rate as of December 31, 2021 would have a $0.3 million effect on our pretax income on an 
annualized basis, including the effect of the interest rate swaps. At December 31, 2020, we had borrowings outstanding under the credit 
facility totaling $200.0 million that carried a weighted average interest rate of 2.5%, including the impact of the interest rate swaps. As of 
December 31, 2020, these variable rate borrowings were fully hedged against changes in interest rates by the interest rate swaps, which 
have a notional amount of $200.0 million. A hypothetical 100 basis point change in the interest rate would have no impact on our pretax 
income, on an annualized basis, including the effect of the interest rate swaps.  

On June 22, 2017, we entered into a forward interest rate swap agreement effective August 31, 2017 and ending August 31, 2022, with a 
notional amount of $50.0 million. We entered into this derivative instrument to hedge against the interest rate risks of our variable-rate 
borrowings. Under the terms of the interest rate swap agreement, we receive from the counterparty interest on the notional amount based on 
one month LIBOR and we pay to the counterparty a fixed rate of 1.900%. 

On January 30, 2020, we entered into a forward interest rate swap agreement effective December 31, 2019 and ending December 31, 2024, 
with a notional amount of $50.0 million. We entered into this derivative instrument to further hedge against the interest rate risks of our 

38

Table of Contents

variable-rate borrowings. Under the terms of the interest rate swap agreement, we receive from the counterparty interest on the notional 
amount based on one month LIBOR and we pay to the counterparty a fixed rate of 1.500%.

On March 16, 2020, we entered into a forward interest rate swap agreement effective February 28, 2020 and ending February 28, 2025, with 
a notional amount of $100.0 million. We entered into this derivative instrument to further hedge against the interest rate risks of our variable-
rate borrowings. Under the terms of the interest rate swap agreement, we receive from the counterparty interest on the notional amount 
based on one month LIBOR and we pay to the counterparty a fixed rate of 0.885%.

We also have exposure to changes in interest rates associated with the promissory note assumed on June 30, 2017 in connection with our 
purchase of an aircraft, which has variable interest rates tied to LIBOR. At December 31, 2021, the outstanding principal amount of the 
promissory note was $2.8 million and carried an interest rate of 2.1%. A hypothetical 100 basis point change in this interest rate would not 
have a material effect on our pretax income. At December 31, 2020 the outstanding principal amount of the promissory note was $3.3 million 
and carried an interest rate of 2.1%. A hypothetical 100 basis point change in the interest rate as of December 31, 2020 would not have had 
a material effect on our pretax income. In the first quarter of 2022, we completed the sale of the aircraft to a third-party and used a portion of 
the sale proceeds to pay the remaining principal and unpaid interest on the promissory note. As a result of the sale, we no longer own any 
aircraft.

In 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) in the U.K. announced that it would phase out LIBOR as a benchmark rate by the end of 
2021. In March 2021, the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited, the administrator of LIBOR, extended the transition dates of certain LIBOR 
tenors (including all U.S. Dollar LIBOR tenors other than one-week and two-month U.S. Dollar LIBOR tenors) to June 30, 2023, after which 
LIBOR reference rates will cease to be provided. Our Amended Credit Agreement and interest rate swap agreements provide for any 
transitions away from LIBOR to a successor rate to be based on prevailing or equivalent standards. 

We do not use derivative instruments for trading or other speculative purposes. From time to time, we invest excess cash in short-term 
marketable securities. These investments principally consist of overnight sweep accounts. Due to the short maturity of these investments, we 
concluded that we do not have material market risk exposure.

We have a 1.69% convertible debt investment in Shorelight Holdings, LLC, a privately-held company, which we account for as an available-
for-sale debt security. As such, the investment is carried at fair value with unrealized holding gains and losses excluded from earnings and 
reported in other comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2021, the fair value of the investment was $65.9 million, with a total cost basis 
of $40.9 million. At December 31, 2020, the fair value of the investment was $64.4 million, with a total cost basis of $40.9 million.

We have a preferred stock investment in Medically Home Group, Inc. (“Medically Home”), a privately-held company, which we account for as 
an equity security without a readily determinable fair value using the measurement alternative. As such, the investment is carried at cost 
minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or similar 
investment. Any unrealized holding gains and losses resulting from observable price changes are recorded in our consolidated statement of 
operations. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the carrying value of the investment was $6.7 million, with a total cost basis of $5.0 million. 
Following our purchase, we have not identified any impairment of our investment. 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and supplementary data begin on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the 
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2021. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2021, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in 
recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or 
submit under the Exchange Act, and such information is accumulated and communicated to management as appropriate to allow timely 
decisions regarding required disclosure.

39

Table of Contents

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) for the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under 
the supervision of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and effected by the Company’s board of directors, 
management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP and includes those policies and procedures that:

(i) Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the 

assets of the Company;

(ii) Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 

accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations 
of management and directors of the Company; and

(iii) Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the 

Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or 
that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In connection with the preparation of this report, our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2021 using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in 
Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013). As a result of that evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial 
reporting was effective as of December 31, 2021. 

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 has been audited by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing on page F-2 of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the 
Exchange Act) during the three months ended December 31, 2021 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our 
internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS.

Not applicable.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

PART III

Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from portions of our definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of 
stockholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A by May 2, 2022 (the “Proxy Statement”) under “Nominees to Board of 
Directors,” “Directors Not Standing For Election” and “Executive Officers.”

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from a portion of the Proxy Statement under “Delinquent Section 16(a) 
Reports.”

40

Table of Contents

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors. The 
Code is available on the Corporate Governance page of our website at ir.huronconsultinggroup.com. If we make any amendments to or grant 
any waivers from the Code which are required to be disclosed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we will make such 
disclosures on our website.

Corporate Governance

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from a portion of the Proxy Statement under “Board Meetings and 
Committees.”

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from a portion of the Proxy Statement under “Executive Compensation.”

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from a portion of the Proxy Statement under “Compensation Committee 
Interlocks and Insider Participation.”

Compensation Committee Report

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from a portion of the Proxy Statement under “Compensation Committee 
Report.”

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
MATTERS.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table summarizes information with respect to equity compensation plans approved by shareholders as of December 31, 2021. 
We do not have equity compensation plans that have not been approved by shareholders.

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders:

2004 Omnibus Stock Plan (1)
2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan (2)
Stock Ownership Participation Program (3)

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders

Total

Number of Shares
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options

Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options

Number of Shares
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
(excluding shares in
1st column)

10,805  $ 

81,785  $ 

— 

N/A
92,590  $ 

38.18 

47.32 

N/A  

N/A
46.25 

— 

1,180,121 

283,206 

N/A
1,463,327 

(1) Our 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan was approved by the existing shareholders prior to our initial public offering. Upon adoption of the 2012 
Omnibus Incentive Plan, we terminated the 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan with respect to future awards and no further awards will be 
granted under this plan.

(2) Our 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan was approved by our shareholders at our annual meeting held on May 1, 2012. Subsequent to the 

initial approval and through December 31, 2021, our shareholders have approved amendments to the 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan to 
increase the number of shares authorized for issuance to 4.6 million shares, in the aggregate. 

(3) Our Stock Ownership Participation Program was approved by our shareholders at our annual meeting held on May 1, 2015. 

Subsequent to the initial approval and through December 31, 2021, our shareholders have approved amendments to the Stock 
Ownership Participation Program to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance to 0.7 million shares, in the aggregate.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from a portion of the Proxy Statement under “Stock Ownership of Certain 
Beneficial Owners and Management.”

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from a portion of the Proxy Statement under “Certain Relationships and 
Related Transactions.”

Director Independence

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from portions of the Proxy Statement under “Nominees to Board of 
Directors,” “Directors Not Standing For Election,” and “Board Meetings and Committees.”

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from a portion of the Proxy Statement under “Audit and Non-Audit Fees.”

42

Table of Contents

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Documents filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

PART IV

1.

2.

3.

Exhibit
Number
3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

10.1

10.2*

10.3*

10.4*

10.5*

10.6*

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

Financial Statements—Our independent registered public accounting firm’s report and our Consolidated Financial Statements are listed 
below and begin on page F-1 of this Form 10-K.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Financial Statement Schedules—The financial statement schedules required by this item are included in the Consolidated Financial 
Statements and accompanying notes.

Exhibit Index

Exhibit Description
Third Amended and Restated Certificate of 
Incorporation of Huron Consulting Group Inc.
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Huron Consulting 
Group Inc.
Specimen Stock Certificate.

Description of Securities.

Office Lease, dated December 2003, between Union 
Tower, LLC and Huron Consulting Services LLC 
(formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC).

Amended and Restated Huron Consulting Group Inc. 
2004 Omnibus Stock Plan.
Huron Consulting Group Inc. Deferred Compensation 
Plan as Amended and Restated effective January 1, 
2009.

Senior Management Agreement by and between Huron 
Consulting Group Inc. and John D. Kelly.
Amended and Restated Senior Management 
Agreement by and between Huron Consulting Group 
Inc. and James H. Roth.

Senior Management Agreement by and between Huron 
Consulting Group Inc. and C. Mark Hussey.
First Amendment to Lease by and between Huron 
Consulting Services LLC and Union Tower, LLC, dated 
August 23, 2004.

Second Amendment to Lease by and between Huron 
Consulting Services LLC and Union Tower, LLC, dated 
March 14, 2007.

Third Amendment to Lease by and between Huron 
Consulting Services LLC and Union Tower, LLC, dated 
April 2, 2010.

Fourth Amendment to Lease by and between Huron 
Consulting Services LLC and Union Tower, LLC, dated 
December 31, 2012.

Filed
herewith

Furnished
herewith

Form
10-K

8-K

Incorporated by Reference

Period
Ending
12/31/2004

Exhibit
3.1

Filing Date
2/16/2005

3.1

4.1

10/28/2015

10/5/2004

12/31/2019

4.2

10.1

2/26/2020

10/5/2004

10.1

5/5/2010

S-1
(File No. 333-
115434)
10-K

S-1
(File No. 333-
115434)
S-8

10-K

12/31/2008

10.12

2/24/2009

8-K

8-K

8-K

10.1

1/6/2017

10.2

1/6/2017

10.3

1/6/2017

10-K

12/31/2012

10.17

2/21/2013

10-K

12/31/2012

10.18

2/21/2013

10-K

12/31/2012

10.19

2/21/2013

8-K

10.1

1/4/2013

43

 
Filed
herewith

Furnished
herewith

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
10.11†

10.12

10.13*

10.14*

10.15*

10.16*

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20*

10.21*

10.22

10.23

10.24

Exhibit Description
Fifth Amendment to Lease by and between Huron 
Consulting Services LLC and Union Tower, LLC, dated 
December 1, 2013.
Sixth Amendment to Lease by and between Huron 
Consulting Services LLC and Onni Van Buren Chicago 
LLC, dated October 3, 2019.

Form of the Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2012 
Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement.
Form of the Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2012 
Omnibus Incentive Plan Performance Stock Unit 
Agreement.

Form of the Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2012 
Omnibus Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement.
Form of the Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2012 
Omnibus Incentive Plan NEO Performance Stock Unit 
Agreement.

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, 
dated as of March 31, 2015, among Huron Consulting 
Group Inc., as Borrower, certain subsidiaries as 
Guarantors, the Lenders Party Hereto and Bank of 
America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral 
Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Syndication 
Agent, PNC Bank, Bank of Montreal and Key Bank 
National Association as Co-Documentation Agents, 
and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated 
and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as Joint Lead 
Arrangers and Joint Book Managers.
Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement, 
dated as of March 31, 2015.
Second Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, 
dated as of March 31, 2015.
Huron Consulting Group Inc. Stock Ownership 
Participation Program, as amended effective December 
1, 2020.
Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2012 Omnibus Incentive 
Plan, as amended and restated effective February 13, 
2020.
Amendment No. 1 of the Second Amended and 
Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 28, 
2017, by and among Huron Consulting Group Inc., as 
Borrower, certain subsidiaries, as Guarantors, and 
Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for and 
on behalf of the Lenders.
Amendment No. 2 of the Second Amended and 
Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 24, 
2017, by and among Huron Consulting Group Inc., as 
Borrower, certain subsidiaries, as Guarantors, and 
Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for and 
on behalf of the Lenders.
Amendment No. 3 of the Credit Agreement, dated as of 
March 23, 2018, by and among Huron Consulting 
Group Inc., as Borrower, certain subsidiaries, as 
Guarantors, and Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent for and on behalf of the Lenders. 

Incorporated by Reference

Period
Ending
12/31/2019

Exhibit
10.13

Filing Date
2/26/2020

10.1

10/16/2019

Form
10-K

8-K

10-K

12/31/2012

10.20

2/21/2013

10-K

12/31/2014

10.32

2/24/2015

10-K

12/31/2014

10.33

2/24/2015

10-K

12/31/2014

10.34

2/24/2015

8-K

10.1

4/2/2015

8-K

8-K

10.2

10.3

4/2/2015

4/2/2015

10-K

12/31/2020

10.23

2/23/2021

10-K

12/31/2019

10.34

2/26/2020

8-K

10.1

3/6/2017

10-Q

9/30/2017

10.1

11/1/2017

8-K

10.1

3/29/2018

44

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
10.25

10.26*

10.27*

10.28*
10.29*

10.30*

21.1
23.1
31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

101.INS

101.SCH
101.CAL

101.LAB

101.PRE

101.DEF

104

Exhibit Description
Amendment No. 4 of the Credit Agreement, the Pledge 
Agreement and the Security Agreement, dated as of 
September 27, 2019, by and among Huron Consulting 
Group Inc., as Borrower, certain subsidiaries, as 
Guarantors, and Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent for and on behalf of the Lenders.

Senior Management Agreement by and between Huron 
Consulting Group Inc. and Ernest W. Torain, Jr.
Amendment to the Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2012 
Omnibus Incentive Plan.
Form of Retention Bonus Agreement
Amendment to the Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2012 
Omnibus Incentive Plan.
Form of the Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2012 
Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit 
Agreement
List of Subsidiaries of Huron Consulting Group Inc.
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance 
document does not appear in the Interactive Data File 
because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline 
XBRL document.
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 
Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 
Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation 
Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 
Document
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline 
XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

Filed
herewith

Furnished
herewith

Incorporated by Reference

Period
Ending

Form
8-K

Exhibit
10.1

Filing Date
10/3/2019

10-Q

3/31/2020

10.1

4/30/2020

DEF 14A

8-K
DEF 14A

Appendix A 3/26/2020

10.1

4/14/2021
Appendix A 3/26/2021

10-Q

9/30/2021

10.1

11/2/2021

X

X

X
X
X

X

X

X
X

X

X

X

X

Indicates the exhibit is a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

*
† Pursuant to Regulation S-K 601(b)(10)(iv), certain exhibits to this Exhibit have been omitted. The Company agrees to furnish supplementally 

to the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon its request, a copy of any or all omitted exhibits.

ITEM 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Not applicable.

45

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be 
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Huron Consulting Group Inc.
(Registrant)

Signature

/s/    JAMES H. ROTH
James H. Roth

   Chief Executive Officer and Director

Title

Date

2/24/2022

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints James H. Roth, 
John D. Kelly, and Ernest W. Torain, Jr., and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and 
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this report, and to file 
the same, with all and any other regulatory authority, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and 
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents 
and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or 
their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of 
the registrant and in the capacities indicated.

Date

2/24/2022

2/24/2022

2/24/2022

2/24/2022

2/24/2022

2/24/2022

2/24/2022

Signature

/s/    JAMES H. ROTH    
    James H. Roth

/s/    JOHN F. MCCARTNEY        
John F. McCartney

/s/    JOHN D. KELLY  

John D. Kelly

/s/    H. EUGENE LOCKHART 
H. Eugene Lockhart

/s/   HUGH E. SAWYER
Hugh E. Sawyer

/s/    EKTA SINGH-BUSHELL

Ekta Singh-Bushell

/s/    DEBRA ZUMWALT
Debra Zumwalt

Title

Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

   Non-Executive Chairman of the Board

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and 
Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Director

Director

Director

Director

46

 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INDEX

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 238)

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and 2020

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, 
and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

F-2

F-4

F-5

F-6

F-7

F-8

F-1

 
Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Huron Consulting Group Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Huron Consulting Group Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 
December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations and other comprehensive income (loss), of 
stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, including the related notes 
(collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the 
Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended December 31, 2021 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, 
the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on 
criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over 
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on 
Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm 
registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to 
the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or 
fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the 
consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures 
included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits 
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the 
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures 
as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of 
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of 
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or 
that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that 
was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to 
the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of 

F-2

Table of Contents

critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by 
communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to 
which it relates.

Revenue Recognition – Fixed-Fee and Healthcare Performance-Based Billing Arrangements

As described in Notes 2 and 19 to the consolidated financial statements, in fixed-fee billing arrangements, which accounted for $400.1 million 
of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company agrees to a pre-established fee in exchange for a predetermined set of 
professional services. As disclosed by management, under fixed-fee arrangements, revenues are recognized based upon work completed to 
date versus management’s estimates of the total services to be provided under the engagement. Additionally, the Company’s Healthcare 
practice enters into performance-based billing arrangements whereby fees are tied to the attainment of contractually defined objectives, as a 
result of adopting the Company’s recommendations, which accounted for $73.4 million of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021. 
Under performance-based billing arrangements, revenue is recognized based on an estimate of variable consideration and work completed 
to date versus the estimates of the total services to be provided under the engagement. Variable consideration is estimated based on a 
probability-weighted assessment of the fees to be earned, net of a constraint to limit the amount that could be reversed when the uncertainty 
is resolved. 

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to revenue recognition under fixed-fee and Healthcare 
performance-based billing arrangements is a critical audit matter are the significant judgments by management when developing the 
estimates of revenue to be recognized for these billing arrangements, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and 
effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence related to management’s significant assumptions related to work completed to 
date versus management’s estimates of the total services to be provided for fixed-fee and performance-based billing arrangements and the 
probability of attaining contractually defined objectives in performance-based billing arrangements. 

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the 
consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the revenue recognition process 
under fixed-fee and performance-based billing arrangements. These procedures also included, among others, testing the accuracy of the 
total contract amounts and evaluating the reasonableness of management’s assumption of work completed to-date versus management’s 
estimates of the total services to be provided by (i) inquiring with the Company’s employees regarding the expected remaining efforts for a 
sample of engagements, (ii) evaluating trends in past performance, and (iii) evaluating performance to date. Additionally, for performance-
based billing arrangements, procedures included, among others (i) evaluating the reasonableness of management’s assumption of the 
probability of attaining the contractually defined objectives by inquiring with the Company’s employees regarding the expected remaining 
efforts and the probability weighting of variable consideration to be earned for a sample of engagements and by evaluating trends in past 
performance, (ii) evaluating the necessity of applying a constraint based upon consideration of the initial forecasts developed during project 
procurement, and (iii) evaluating performance to date towards the attainment of contractually defined objectives.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chicago, Illinois
February 24, 2022 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2002.

F-3

  
Table of Contents

Assets
Current assets:

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables from clients, net of allowances of $8,827 and $7,680, respectively
Unbilled services, net of allowances of $2,637 and $2,603, respectively
Income tax receivable
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Deferred income taxes, net
Long-term investments
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Other non-current assets
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill
Total assets
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Accrued payroll and related benefits
Current maturities of long-term debt
Current maturities of operating lease liabilities
Deferred revenues

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities:

Deferred compensation and other liabilities
Long-term debt, net of current portion
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion
Deferred income taxes, net

Total non-current liabilities

Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity
Common stock; $0.01 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 24,364,814 and 25,346,916 shares issued, 
respectively

Treasury stock, at cost, 2,495,172 and 2,584,119 shares, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income

Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

December 31, 
2021

December 31, 
2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

20,781  $ 
122,316 
91,285 
8,071 
15,229 
257,682 
31,004 
1,804 
72,584 
35,311 
68,191 
31,894 
620,879 
1,119,349  $ 

13,621  $ 
22,519 
139,131 
559 
10,142 
19,212 
205,184 

43,458 
232,221 
54,313 
12,273 
342,265 

67,177 
87,687 
53,959 
5,121 
16,569 
230,513 
29,093 
4,191 
71,030 
39,360 
62,068 
20,483 
594,237 
1,050,975 

648 
14,874 
133,830 
499 
8,771 
28,247 
186,869 

47,131 
202,780 
61,825 
428 
312,164 

239 
(135,969) 
413,794 
276,996 
16,840 
571,900 
1,119,349  $ 

246 
(129,886) 
454,512 
214,009 
13,061 
551,942 
1,050,975 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenues and reimbursable expenses:
Revenues
Reimbursable expenses

Total revenues and reimbursable expenses

Direct costs and reimbursable expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization 
shown in operating expenses):
Direct costs
Amortization of intangible assets and software development costs
Reimbursable expenses

Total direct costs and reimbursable expenses
Operating expenses and other losses (gains), net: 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Restructuring charges
Litigation and other losses (gains)
Depreciation and amortization
Goodwill impairment charges

Total operating expenses and other losses (gains), net

Operating income (loss)
Other income (expense), net:
Interest expense, net of interest income
Other income, net

Total other income (expense), net

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income (loss)
Net earnings (loss) per basic share:

Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income (loss)

Net earnings (loss) per diluted share:

Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income (loss)

Weighted average shares used in calculating earnings per share:

Basic
Diluted

Comprehensive income (loss):
Net income (loss)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax
Unrealized gain (loss) on investment, net of tax
Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedging instruments, net of tax
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive income (loss)

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

2021

$ 

905,640  $ 
21,318 
926,958 

844,127  $ 
26,887 
871,014 

636,776 
3,803 
21,369 
661,948 

177,886 
12,401 
198 
21,686 
— 
212,171 
52,839 

(8,150) 
35,347 
27,197 
80,036 
17,049 
62,987 
— 
62,987  $ 

2.94  $ 
— 
2.94  $ 

2.89  $ 
— 
2.89  $ 

21,439 
21,809 

62,987  $ 
(925) 
1,169 
3,535 
3,779 
66,766  $ 

592,428 
5,366 
26,918 
624,712 

170,686 
20,525 
(150) 
24,277 
59,816 
275,154 
(28,852) 

(9,292) 
4,271 
(5,021) 
(33,873) 
(10,155) 
(23,718) 
(122) 
(23,840)  $ 

(1.08)  $ 
(0.01) 
(1.09)  $ 

(1.08)  $ 
(0.01) 
(1.09)  $ 

21,882 
21,882 

(23,840)  $ 
348 
1,323 
(3,546) 
(1,875) 
(25,715)  $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

876,757 
88,717 
965,474 

575,602 
5,375 
88,696 
669,673 

203,071 
1,855 
(1,196) 
28,365 
— 
232,095 
63,706 

(15,648) 
4,433 
(11,215) 
52,491 
10,512 
41,979 
(236) 
41,743 

1.91 
(0.01) 
1.90 

1.87 
(0.02) 
1.85 

21,993 
22,507 

41,743 
99 
(702) 
(956) 
(1,559) 
40,184 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands, except share amounts)

Common Stock

Treasury Stock

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

Stockholders' 
Equity

Balance at December 31, 2018

  24,418,252  $ 

244 

 (2,671,962)  $ (124,794)  $  452,573  $  196,106  $ 

16,495  $ 

540,624 

Comprehensive income (loss)
Issuance of common stock in 
connection with:

Restricted stock awards, net of 
cancellations
Exercise of stock options

Share-based compensation

Shares redeemed for employee tax 
withholdings
Other capital contributions

347,589 
47,904 

4 
1 

20,171 

1,828 

(111,511) 

(5,382) 

Share repurchases

(210,437) 

(2) 

41,743 

(1,559) 

40,184 

(1,832) 
1,243 
22,854 

160

(14,217) 

— 
1,244 
22,854 

(5,382) 
160 

(14,219) 

Balance at December 31, 2019

  24,603,308  $ 

247 

 (2,763,302)  $ (128,348)  $  460,781  $  237,849  $ 

14,936  $ 

585,465 

Comprehensive loss
Issuance of common stock in 
connection with:

Restricted stock awards, net of 
cancellations

Exercise of stock options

Share-based compensation

Shares redeemed for employee tax 
withholdings

342,311 

40,400 

3 

— 

Share repurchases

(425,164) 

(4) 

87,155 

6,365 

(6,368) 

(136,749) 

(7,903) 

1,003 

24,998 

(25,902) 

(23,840) 

(1,875) 

(25,715) 

— 

1,003 

24,998 

(7,903) 

(25,906) 

Balance at December 31, 2020

  24,560,855  $ 

246 

 (2,812,896)  $ (129,886)  $  454,512  $  214,009  $ 

13,061  $ 

551,942 

Comprehensive income

Issuance of common stock in 
connection with:

Restricted stock awards, net of 
cancellations

Exercise of stock options

Purchase of business

Share-based compensation

Shares redeemed for employee tax 
withholdings

475,250 

23,403 

74,671 

5 

— 

1 

101,236 

4,020 

(4,025) 

804 

3,322 

23,971 

(197,189) 

(10,103) 

Share repurchases

  (1,265,261) 

(13) 

(64,790) 

62,987 

3,779 

66,766 

— 

804 

3,323 

23,971 

(10,103) 

(64,803) 

Balance at December 31, 2021

  23,868,918  $ 

239 

 (2,908,849)  $ (135,969)  $  413,794  $  276,996  $ 

16,840  $ 

571,900 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

2021

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Non-cash lease expense
Lease impairment charges
Share-based compensation
Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs
Goodwill impairment charges
Allowances for doubtful accounts
Deferred income taxes
(Gain) loss on sales of businesses, excluding transaction costs 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration liabilities
Change in fair value of preferred stock investment
Other, net
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions and divestitures:

(Increase) decrease in receivables from clients, net
(Increase) decrease in unbilled services, net
(Increase) decrease in current income tax receivable / payable, net
(Increase) decrease in other assets
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Increase (decrease) in accrued payroll and related benefits
Increase (decrease) in deferred revenues

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment
Investment in life insurance policies
Purchases of businesses, net of cash acquired
Purchases of investment securities
Capitalization of internally developed software
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
Divestitures of businesses, net of cash sold

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from exercises of stock options
Shares redeemed for employee tax withholdings
Share repurchases
Proceeds from bank borrowings
Repayments of bank borrowings
Repayment of convertible notes
Payments for debt issuance costs
Payments for contingent consideration liabilities
Net cash used in financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Non-cash investing and financing activities:

Property and equipment expenditures and capitalized software included in accounts payable, accrued 
expenses and accrued payroll and related benefits
Contingent consideration related to purchases of businesses
Common stock issued related to purchase of business
Share repurchases included in accounts payable

Cash paid during the year for:

Interest
Income taxes

$ 

62,987  $ 

(23,840)  $ 

41,743 

25,978 
6,967 
— 
25,857 
794 
— 
13 
12,480 
(32,824) 
173 
— 
(421) 

(39,845) 
(38,820) 
(2,723) 
(2,670) 
10,394 
(2,636) 
(7,717) 
17,987 

(10,871) 
(1,245) 
(44,819) 
— 
(4,889) 
408 
41,273 
(20,143) 

30,222 
7,763 
13,217 
24,081 
793 
59,816 
1,050 
(9,859) 
1,603 
— 
(1,667) 
(25) 

33,051 
18,876 
(3,662) 
(11,972) 
(7,786) 
(1,169) 
6,246 
136,738 

(8,125) 
(2,462) 
(8,701) 
(13,000) 
(8,272) 
25 
(1,499) 
(42,034) 

804 
(10,103) 
(64,612) 
235,000 
(205,499) 
— 
— 
— 
(44,410) 
170 
(46,396) 
67,177 
20,781  $ 

1,003 
(7,903) 
(27,141) 
283,000 
(288,574) 
— 
— 
— 
(39,615) 
484 
55,573 
11,604 
67,177  $ 

34,405 
8,397 
805 
24,213 
8,264 
— 
250 
8,795 
— 
(1,506) 
— 
(789) 

(10,123) 
(10,269) 
4,442 
(144) 
(6,884) 
30,339 
282 
132,220 

(13,240) 
(4,703) 
(2,500) 
(5,000) 
(10,312) 
753 
— 
(35,002) 

1,244 
(5,382) 
(12,985) 
347,000 
(192,515) 
(250,000) 
(1,524) 
(4,674) 
(118,836) 
115 
(21,503) 
33,107 
11,604 

4,733  $ 
1,800  $ 
3,323  $ 
191  $ 

1,178  $ 
1,770  $ 
—  $ 
—  $ 

7,976  $ 
8,449  $ 

8,309  $ 
4,721  $ 

2,600 
— 
— 
1,234 

7,971 
1,429 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

1. Description of Business

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Huron is a global consultancy that collaborates with clients to drive strategic growth, ignite innovation and navigate constant change. Through 
a combination of strategy, expertise and creativity, we help clients accelerate operational, digital and cultural transformation, enabling the 
change our clients need to own their future. By embracing diverse perspectives, encouraging new ideas and challenging the status quo, 
Huron delivers sustainable results for the organizations it serves.

We provide our services and manage our business under three operating segments: Healthcare, Business Advisory, and Education. See 
Note 19 “Segment Information” for a discussion of our three segments.

Effective January 1, 2022, we modified our operating model to expand and more deeply integrate our industry expertise with our digital, 
strategic and financial advisory capabilities. The new operating model will strengthen Huron’s go-to-market strategy, drive efficiencies that 
support margin expansion, and position the company to accelerate growth. 

To align with the new operating model, effective with reporting for periods beginning January 1, 2022, we will begin reporting under the 
following three industries, which will be our reportable segments: Healthcare, Education and Commercial. The Commercial segment will 
include all industries outside of healthcare and education, including, but not limited to, financial services and energy and utilities. In the new 
reporting structure, each segment will include all revenue and costs associated with engagements delivered in the respective industry 
segments. The new Healthcare and Education segments will include some revenue and costs historically reported in the Business Advisory 
segment and the Healthcare segment will include some revenue and costs historically reported in the Education segment. We will also 
provide revenue reporting across two principal capabilities: i) Consulting and Managed Services and ii) Digital. These changes will create 
greater transparency for investors by improving visibility into the core drivers of our business. While our consolidated results will not be 
impacted, we will recast our historical segment information during 2022 for consistent presentation.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the financial position at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of 
operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Huron Consulting Group Inc. and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-
owned. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

During the first quarter of 2021, we identified an error on our previously reported consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020
related to the classification between receivables from clients, unbilled services, and deferred revenues. Our consolidated balance sheet as
of December 31, 2020 has been revised to reflect the correction of this error. The results of this correction on our consolidated balance sheet 
were a decrease in unbilled services of $7.2 million, an increase in receivables from clients of $0.7 million, and a decrease in deferred 
revenues of $6.5 million. This error had no impact on our consolidated statement of operations and other comprehensive income and 
consolidated statements of cash flows for any current or prior period. We evaluated the materiality of this error from both quantitative and 
qualitative perspectives and concluded that the impact of the error was not material to the financial statements for the year ended December 
31, 2020.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the 
amounts that are reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying disclosures. Actual results may differ from these 
estimates and assumptions.

Revenue Recognition

We generate substantially all of our revenues from providing professional services to our clients. We also generate revenues from software
licenses; software support and maintenance and subscriptions to our cloud-based analytic tools and solutions; speaking engagements;
conferences; and publications. A single contract could include one or multiple performance obligations. For those contracts that have multiple
performance obligations, we allocate the total transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price,
which is determined based on our overall pricing objectives, taking into consideration market conditions and other factors.

F-8

Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenue is recognized when control of the goods and services provided are transferred to our customers and in an amount that reflects the 
consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods and services using the following steps: 1) identify the contract, 2) 
identify the performance obligations, 3) determine the transaction price, 4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the 
contract, and 5) recognize revenue as or when we satisfy the performance obligations.  

We typically satisfy our performance obligations for professional services over time as the related services are provided. The performance 
obligations related to software support and maintenance and subscriptions to our cloud-based analytic tools and solutions are typically 
satisfied evenly over the course of the service period. Other performance obligations, such as certain software licenses, speaking 
engagements, conferences, and publications, are satisfied at a point in time. 

We generate our revenues under four types of billing arrangements: fixed-fee (including software license revenue); time-and-expense; 
performance-based; and software support, maintenance and subscriptions.

In fixed-fee billing arrangements, we agree to a pre-established fee in exchange for a predetermined set of professional services. We set the 
fees based on our estimates of the costs and timing for completing the engagements. We generally recognize revenues under fixed-fee 
billing arrangements using a proportionate performance approach, which is based on work completed to-date versus our estimates of the 
total services to be provided under the engagement. Contracts within our Culture and Organizational Excellence solution include fixed-fee 
partner contracts with multiple performance obligations, which primarily consist of coaching services, as well as speaking engagements, 
conferences, publications and software products (“Partner Contracts”). Revenues for coaching services and software products are generally 
recognized on a straight-line basis over the length of the contract. All other revenues under Partner Contracts, including speaking 
engagements, conferences and publications, are recognized at the time the goods or services are provided. Estimates of total engagement 
revenues and cost of services are monitored regularly during the term of the engagement. 

We also generate revenues from software licenses for our revenue cycle management software and research administration and compliance 
software. Licenses for our revenue cycle management software are sold only as a component of our consulting projects, and the services we 
provide are essential to the functionality of the software. Therefore, revenues from these software licenses are recognized over the term of 
the related consulting services contract. License revenue from our research administration and compliance software is generally recognized 
in the month in which the software is delivered. 

Time-and-expense billing arrangements require the client to pay based on the number of hours worked by our revenue-generating 
professionals at agreed upon rates. Time-and-expense arrangements also include certain speaking engagements, conferences, and 
publications purchased by our clients outside of Partner Contracts within our Culture and Organizational Excellence solution and the portion 
of our Healthcare Managed Services contracts that are billed under time-and-expense arrangements. We recognize revenues under time-
and-expense arrangements as the related services or publications are provided, using the right to invoice practical expedient which allows us 
to recognize revenue in the amount that we have a right to invoice based on the number of hours worked and the agreed upon hourly rates or 
the value of the speaking engagements, conferences or publications purchased by our clients. 

In performance-based billing arrangements, fees are tied to the attainment of contractually defined objectives. We enter into performance-
based engagements in essentially two forms. First, we generally earn fees that are directly related to the savings formally acknowledged by 
the client as a result of adopting our recommendations for improving operational and cost effectiveness in the areas we review. Second, we 
have performance-based engagements in which we earn a success fee when and if certain predefined outcomes occur. We recognize 
revenue under performance-based billing arrangements using the following steps: 1) estimate variable consideration using a probability-
weighted assessment of the fees to be earned, 2) apply a constraint to the estimated variable consideration to limit the amount that could be 
reversed when the uncertainty is resolved (the “constraint”), and 3) recognize revenue of estimated variable consideration, net of the 
constraint, based on work completed to-date versus our estimates of the total services to be provided under the engagement. 

Clients that have purchased one of our software licenses can pay an annual fee for software support and maintenance. We also generate 
subscription revenue from our cloud-based analytic tools and solutions. Software support, maintenance and subscription revenues are 
recognized ratably over the support or subscription period. These fees are generally billed in advance and included in deferred revenues until 
recognized. 

Provisions are recorded for the estimated realization adjustments on all engagements, including engagements for which fees are subject to 
review by the bankruptcy courts. 

Expense reimbursements that are billable to clients are included in total revenues and reimbursable expenses. Under fixed-fee billing 
arrangements, we estimate the total amount of reimbursable expenses to be incurred over the course of the engagement and recognize the 
estimated amount as revenue using a proportionate performance approach, which is based on work completed to-date versus our estimates 
of the total services to be provided under the engagement. Under time-and-expense billing arrangements we recognize reimbursable 

F-9

Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

expenses as revenue as the related services are provided, using the right to invoice practical expedient. Reimbursable expenses are 
recognized as expenses in the period in which the expense is incurred. Subcontractors that are billed to clients at cost are also included in 
reimbursable expenses. When billings do not specifically identify reimbursable expenses, we allocate the portion of the billings equivalent to 
these expenses to reimbursable expenses. 

The payment terms and conditions in our customer contracts vary. Differences between the timing of billings and the recognition of revenue 
are recognized as either unbilled services or deferred revenues in the consolidated balance sheets. Revenues recognized for services 
performed but not yet billed to clients are recorded as unbilled services. Revenues recognized, but for which we are not yet entitled to bill 
because certain events, such as the completion of the measurement period or client approval, must occur, are recorded as contract assets 
and included within unbilled services. Client prepayments and retainers are classified as deferred revenues and recognized over future 
periods as earned in accordance with the applicable engagement agreement. 

Capitalized Sales Commissions

Sales commissions earned by our sales professionals are considered incremental and recoverable costs of obtaining a contract with a 
customer. Sales commissions with an expected amortization period greater than one year are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis 
over the period of the associated contract. We elected to apply the practical expedient to expense sales commissions as incurred when the 
expected amortization period is one year or less. Amortization expense is recorded to direct costs. During the years ended December 31, 
2021, 2020, and 2019, we amortized $0.4 million, $0.4 million, and $0.3 million, respectively, of capitalized sales commissions. Unamortized 
sales commissions were $0.6 million and $0.7 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

Allowances for Doubtful Accounts and Unbilled Services

We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts and for services performed but not yet billed based on several factors, including the estimated 
cash realization from amounts due from clients, an assessment of a client’s ability to make required payments, and the historical percentages 
of fee adjustments and write-offs by age of receivables and unbilled services. The allowances are assessed by management on a regular 
basis. These estimates may differ from actual results. If the financial condition of a client deteriorates in the future, impacting the client’s 
ability to make payments, an increase to our allowance might be required or our allowance may not be sufficient to cover actual write-offs.

We record the provision for doubtful accounts and unbilled services as a reduction in revenue to the extent the provision relates to fee 
adjustments and other discretionary pricing adjustments. To the extent the provision relates to a client’s inability to make required payments 
on accounts receivables, we record the provision to selling, general and administrative expenses.

Direct Costs and Reimbursable Expenses

Direct costs and reimbursable expenses consist primarily of revenue-generating employee compensation and their related benefits and 
share-based compensation costs; as well as technology costs, commissions, the cost of outside consultants or subcontractors assigned to 
revenue-generating activities, other third-party costs directly attributable to our revenue-generating activities, and direct expenses to be 
reimbursed by clients. Direct costs and reimbursable expenses incurred on engagements are expensed in the period incurred.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments, including overnight investments and commercial paper, with original maturities of three months or 
less to be cash equivalents.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

To the extent receivables from clients become delinquent, collection activities commence. No single client balance is considered large 
enough to pose a material credit risk. The allowances for doubtful accounts and unbilled services are based upon the expected ability to 
collect accounts receivable and bill and collect unbilled services. Management does not anticipate incurring losses on accounts receivable in 
excess of established allowances. See Note 19 “Segment Information” for concentration of accounts receivable and unbilled services.

We hold our cash in accounts at multiple third-party financial institutions. These deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. We 
review the credit ratings of these financial institutions, regularly monitor the cash balances in these accounts, and adjust the balances as 
appropriate. However, these cash balances could be impacted if the underlying financial institutions fail or are subject to other adverse 
conditions in the financial markets.

F-10

Table of Contents

Long-term Investments

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Our long-term investments consist of our convertible debt investment in Shorelight Holdings, LLC (“Shorelight”) and preferred stock 
investment in Medically Home Group, Inc. (“Medically Home”). 

We classified the convertible debt investment in Shorelight as available-for-sale at the time of purchase and reevaluate such classification as 
of each balance sheet date. The investment is carried at fair value with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive 
income. If the investment is in an unrealized loss position due to significant credit deterioration of the investee, we recognize an allowance to 
decrease the carrying value of the investment to the fair value, which may be reversed in the event that the credit of an issuer improves. In 
the event there are realized gains and losses or credit allowances recognized, we will record the amount in earnings. We have not 
recognized any credit allowance on our convertible debt investment or realized gains or losses as of December 31, 2021. See Note 13 “Fair 
Value of Financial Instruments” for additional information on our convertible debt investment.

We classified the preferred stock investment in Medically Home as an equity security without a readily determinable value at the time of 
purchase and reevaluate such classification as of each balance sheet date. We elected to apply the measurement alternative at the time of 
purchase and will continue to do so until the investment does not qualify to be so measured. Under the measurement alternative, the 
investment is carried at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions 
for an identical or similar investment in Medically Home. Any unrealized holding gains and losses resulting from observable price changes are 
recorded in our consolidated statement of operations. Following our purchase, we have not identified any impairment of our investment. See 
Note 13 “Fair Value of Financial Instruments” for additional information on our preferred stock investment and the unrealized gain recognized 
in 2020.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

See Note 13 “Fair Value of Financial Instruments” for the accounting policies used to measure the fair value of our financial assets and 
liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation of property and equipment is computed on a 
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Software, computers, and related equipment are depreciated over an 
estimated useful life of two to four years. Furniture and fixtures are depreciated over five years. Aircraft are depreciated over ten years. 
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or the initial term of the lease.

Leases

We determine if an arrangement contains a lease and the classification of such lease at inception. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, all of 
our material leases are classified as operating leases; we have not entered into any material finance leases. For all operating leases with an 
initial term greater than 12 months, we recognize an operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and operating lease liability. Leases with an 
initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet; we recognize lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis 
over the lease term.

Operating lease ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent our obligation to 
make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date 
based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental 
borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date and provided by the administrative agent for our senior 
secured credit facility in determining the present value of lease payments. Operating lease ROU assets exclude lease incentives. We elected 
the practical expedient to combine lease and nonlease components. Certain lease agreements contain variable lease payments that do not 
depend on an index or rate. These variable lease payments are not included in the calculation of the operating lease ROU asset and 
operating lease liability; instead, they are expensed as incurred. Our leases may contain options to extend or terminate the lease, and we 
include these terms in our calculation of the operating lease ROU asset and operating lease liability when it is reasonably certain that we will 
exercise the option.

Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and recorded within selling, general and administrative 
expenses on our consolidated statement of operations. In accordance with our accounting policy for impairment of long-lived assets, 
operating lease ROU assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of 
the asset group to which the operating lease ROU asset is assigned may not be recoverable. We evaluate the recoverability of the asset 
group based on forecasted undiscounted cash flows. See Note 5 “Leases” for additional information on our leases, including the lease 
impairment charges recorded in 2020 and 2019.

F-11

Table of Contents

Software Development Costs

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

We incur internal and external software development costs related to our cloud computing applications and software for internal use. We 
capitalize these software development costs incurred during the application development stage. Costs related to preliminary project activities 
and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Once the project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, these 
costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the technology's estimated useful life. Acquired technology assets are initially recorded at 
fair value and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life.

Development costs related to software products that will be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed are expensed until technological feasibility 
has been established. Thereafter, and until the software is available for general release to customers, these software development costs are 
capitalized and subsequently reported at the lower of unamortized cost or net realizable value. These capitalized development costs are 
amortized in proportion to current and future revenue for each product with an annual minimum equal to the straight-line amortization over the 
remaining estimated economic life of the product. We did not capitalize any development costs for this type of software during 2021 or 2020.

We classify capitalized software development costs, which primarily relate to cloud computing applications and software for internal use, as 
other non-current assets on our consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2021, gross capitalized software development costs and 
related accumulated amortization was $33.6 million and $15.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, gross capitalized software 
development costs and related accumulated amortization was $28.5 million and $10.6 million, respectively. During the years ended 
December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we amortized $5.2 million, $4.7 million, and $3.0 million, respectively, of capitalized software 
development costs. 

Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement

We incur costs to implement cloud computing arrangements that are service contracts. We capitalize certain costs associated with the 
implementation of the cloud computing arrangements, including employee payroll and related benefits and third party consulting costs, 
incurred during the application development stage of a project. These costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the hosting 
service contracts, including renewal periods we are reasonably certain to exercise, and recognized as a component of selling, general and 
administrative expenses on our consolidated statement of operations. As of December 31, 2021 gross capitalized implementation costs 
incurred in a cloud computing arrangement and related accumulated amortization were $6.5 million and $0.9 million, respectively. As of 
December 31, 2020, gross capitalized implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement were $5.4 million, which began 
amortizing in January 2021. Our capitalized implementation costs primarily relate to the implementation of a new enterprise resource 
planning (“ERP”) system during 2020 and 2021. In January 2021, we successfully went live with the new ERP system, and we continue to 
progress with additional functionality and integrations as scheduled. These capitalized costs are included as a component of prepaid 
expenses and other current assets and other non-current assets on our consolidated balance sheet. 

Intangible Assets Other Than Goodwill

Identifiable intangible assets are amortized over their expected useful lives using a method that reflects the economic benefit expected to be 
derived from the assets or on a straight-line basis. We evaluate the recoverability of intangible assets periodically by considering events or 
circumstances that may warrant revised estimates of useful lives or that indicate the asset may be impaired.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including property and equipment, right-of-use assets, and intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Events relating to recoverability 
may include significant unfavorable changes in business conditions, recurring losses, or a significant decline in forecasted operating results 
over an extended period of time. We evaluate the recoverability of long-lived assets based on forecasted undiscounted cash flows. See Note 
5 “Leases” and Note 11 “Restructuring Charges” for information on our operating lease right-of-use asset and fixed asset impairment charges 
recorded in 2020 and 2019. No material impairment charges for other long-lived assets were recorded in 2021, 2020, or 2019.

Goodwill

For acquisitions accounted for as a business combination, goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair value of the net assets 
acquired. We are required to test goodwill for impairment, at the reporting unit level, annually and when events or circumstances indicate the 
fair value of a reporting unit may be below its carrying value. We perform our annual goodwill impairment test as of November 30 and monitor 
for interim triggering events on an ongoing basis. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred 
to as a component) to which goodwill is assigned when initially recorded. We assign goodwill to reporting units based on our integration plans 
and the expected synergies resulting from the acquisition. As of December 31, 2021, we have five reporting units: Healthcare, Education, 
Business Advisory, Enterprise Solutions and Analytics, and Strategy and Innovation. The Business Advisory, Enterprise Solutions and 

F-12

Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Analytics, and Strategy and Innovation reporting units make up our Business Advisory operating segment. During the fourth quarter of 2021, 
we completed the divestiture of our Life Sciences business, which was a reporting unit within the Business Advisory segment. 

We test goodwill for impairment annually and whenever events or circumstances make it more likely than not that an impairment may have
occurred. We perform our annual goodwill impairment test as of November 30 and monitor for interim triggering events on an ongoing basis.

Pursuant to our policy, we performed the annual goodwill impairment test as of November 30, 2021 and determined that no impairment of 
goodwill existed as of that date. Further, we evaluated whether any events have occurred, or any circumstances have changed since 
November 30, 2021 that would indicate goodwill may have become impaired since our annual impairment test. Based on our evaluation as of 
December 31, 2021, we determined that no indications of impairment have arisen since our annual goodwill impairment test. In 2020, we 
performed two goodwill impairment tests: an interim impairment test on our Strategy and Innovation and Life Sciences reporting units in the 
first quarter of 2020 and the annual impairment test on all reporting units with a goodwill balance in the fourth quarter of 2020. As a result of 
the interim impairment test performed in the first quarter of 2020, we recorded total non-cash pretax goodwill impairment charges of 
$59.8 million. We did not identify any additional impairments during our annual impairment test performed in the fourth quarter of 2020. No 
goodwill impairment charges were recorded in 2019. See Note 4 “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” for additional information on our interim 
and annual goodwill impairment tests, and the non-cash goodwill impairment charges recorded in 2020.

Business Combinations

We use the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. Each acquired company’s operating results are included in our 
consolidated financial statements starting on the date of acquisition. The purchase price is equivalent to the fair value of consideration 
transferred. Upon our adoption of Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for 
Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers which we retrospectively applied to all acquisitions in 2021, contract 
assets and contract liabilities acquired are recorded at their carrying value under Topic 606: Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Prior to 
adoption of ASU 2021-08, contract assets and contract liabilities were recognized at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. All 
other assets tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at fair value as of the acquisition date. 
Goodwill is recognized for the excess of purchase price over the net value of tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. 
Contingent consideration, which is primarily based on the business achieving certain performance targets, is recognized at its fair value on 
the acquisition date, and changes in fair value are recognized in earnings until settled. Refer to Note 3 “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for 
additional information on our business acquisitions and refer to Note 13 “Fair Value of Financial Instruments” for additional information 
regarding our contingent acquisition liability balances.

Income Taxes

Current tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the estimated taxes payable or refundable, respectively, on the tax returns for the current 
year. We have elected to recognize the tax expense related to Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income ("GILTI") as a current period expense 
when incurred. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the 
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be 
recovered or settled. To the extent that deferred tax assets will not likely be recovered from future taxable income, a valuation allowance is 
established against such deferred tax assets. Refer to Note 17 "Income Taxes" for further information regarding incomes taxes.

Share-Based Compensation

Share-based compensation cost is measured based on the grant date fair value of the respective awards. We generally recognize share-
based compensation ratably using the straight-line attribution method; however, for those awards with performance criteria and graded 
vesting features, we use the graded vesting attribution method. It is our policy to account for forfeitures as they occur.

Sponsorship and Advertising Costs

Sponsorship and advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Such expenses for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 
totaled $4.3 million, $4.1 million, and $8.4 million, respectively, and are a component of selling, general and administrative expenses on our 
consolidated statement of operations.

Debt Issuance Costs

We amortize the costs we incur to obtain debt financing over the contractual life of the related debt using the effective interest method for 
non-revolving debt and the straight-line method for revolving debt. The amortization expense is included in interest expense, net of interest 

F-13

Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

income in our statement of operations. Unamortized debt issuance costs attributable to our revolving credit facility are included as a 
component of other non-current assets. 

Foreign Currency

Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the United States Dollar (USD) are translated into USD using the 
exchange rates in effect at period end. Revenue and expense items are translated using the average exchange rates for the period. Foreign 
currency translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income, which is a component of stockholders’ equity.

Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in other income, net on the consolidated statement of operations. We recognized 
$0.4 million of foreign currency transaction losses in 2021, less than $0.1 million of foreign currency transaction gains in 2020, and $0.2 
million of foreign currency transaction losses in 2019.

Segment Reporting

Segments are defined as components of a company that engage in business activities from which they may earn revenues and incur 
expenses, and for which separate financial information is available and is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or 
decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. As of December 31, 2021, our chief operating 
decision maker manages the business under three operating segments, which are our reportable segments: Healthcare, Business Advisory, 
and Education. See Note 19 "Segment Information" for additional information on the segment reorganization effective in the first quarter of 
2022.

New Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted 

In January 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued ASU 2020-01, Investments - Equity Securities (Topic 321) - 
Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) - Clarifying the Interactions between 
Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815. ASU 2020-01 clarifies that an entity should consider observable transactions that require it to either 
apply or discontinue the equity method of accounting for the purpose of applying the measurement alternative in accordance with Topic 321. 
We elected to early adopt ASU 2020-10 effective January 1, 2021, which did not have any impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In October 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-10, Codification Improvements. ASU 2020-10 situates all disclosure guidance within the 
appropriate disclosure section of the Codification and makes other improvements and technical corrections to the Codification. We adopted 
ASU 2020-10 effective January 1, 2021, which did not have any impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities 
from Contracts with Customers. The amendments of this ASU require entities to apply Topic 606 to recognize and measure contract assets 
and contract liabilities in a business combination. The amendments improve comparability after the business combination by providing 
consistent recognition and measurement guidance for revenue contracts with customers acquired in a business combination and revenue 
contracts with customers not acquired in a business combination. We elected to early adopt ASU 2021-08 in the fourth quarter of 2021 on a 
retrospective basis for all 2021 acquisitions, which had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Not Yet Adopted 

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on 
Financial Reporting. In January 2021, the FASB clarified the scope of that guidance with the issuance of ASU 2021-01, Reference Rate 
Reform (Topic 848): Scope. Together, these ASUs provide optional expedients and exceptions for a limited period of time to ease the 
potential burden in accounting for, or recognizing the effects of, reference rate reform on financial reporting under GAAP. This standard is 
optional and may be applied by entities after March 12, 2020, but no later than December 31, 2022. We have certain debt instruments and 
related interest rate swaps that are indexed to LIBOR; as such, we are currently evaluating the potential impact this guidance will have on our 
consolidated financial statements.

F-14

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Table of Contents

3. Acquisitions and Divestitures 

Acquisitions 

2021

Unico Solution, Inc.

On February 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Unico Solution, Inc. (“Unico Solutions”), a data strategy and technology consulting firm 
focused on helping clients enhance the use of their data to speed business transformation and accelerate cloud adoption. The acquisition 
expands our cloud-based technology offerings within the Business Advisory segment. The results of operations of Unico Solutions are 
included in our consolidated financial statements and results of operations of our Business Advisory segment from the date of acquisition. 

Bad Rabbit, Inc.

On October 1, 2021 we completed the acquisition of the research administration software services team of Bad Rabbit, Inc. (“Bad Rabbit”). 
The results of operations of Bad Rabbit are included in our consolidated financial statements and results of operations of our Education 
segment from the date of acquisition. 

Whiteboard Communications Ltd.

On December 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Whiteboard Communications Ltd. (“Whiteboard”), a student enrollment advisory firm 
that helps colleges and universities with recruitment initiatives and financial aid strategies. The results of operations of Whiteboard are 
included in our consolidated financial statements and results of operations of our Education segment from the date of acquisition. 

Perception Health, Inc.

On December 31, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Perception Health, Inc. (“Perception Health”), a healthcare predictive analytics 
company focused on bringing data sources together for improved clinical and business decision-making. The results of operations of 
Perception Health will be included in our consolidated financial statements and results of operations of our Healthcare segment beginning 
January, 1, 2022. 

The acquisitions of Unico Solutions, Bad Rabbit, Whiteboard and Perception Health are not significant to our consolidated financial 
statements individually or in the aggregate as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021. These acquisition were accounted for using the 
acquisition method of accounting. Contract assets and contract liabilities are recorded at their carrying value under Topic 606: Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers as we adopted ASU 2021-08 Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract 
Liabilities from Contracts with Customers in the fourth quarter of 2021. All other tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed are recorded at fair value as of the acquisition date. The current acquisition date values of assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed of the Whiteboard and Perception Health acquisitions are considered preliminary and are based on the information that was 
available as of the dates of the acquisitions. We believe that the information provides a reasonable basis for estimating the preliminary values 
of assets acquired and liabilities assumed but certain items, such as the intangible assets valuations and the working capital adjustments, 
among other things, may be subject to change as additional information is received. Thus, the provisional measurements of assets acquired, 
including goodwill, and liabilities assumed related to the Whiteboard and Perception Health acquisitions are subject to change. We expect to 
finalize the valuations as soon as practicable, but not later than one year from the acquisition dates.

2020

B3i Analytics, LLC

On August 1, 2020, we completed the acquisition of B3i Analytics, LLC (“B3i Analytics”), a software firm that provides a software as a solution 
(“SaaS”) application to leverage internal and external data to help higher education institutions forecast research revenue. The results of 
operations of B3i Analytics are included in our consolidated financial statements and results of operations of our Education segment from the 
date of acquisition. 

ForceIQ, Inc.

On November 1, 2020, we completed the acquisition of ForceIQ, Inc. (“ForceIQ”), a Salesforce Industries partner focused on helping clients 
drive digital transformation and innovation at scale powered by the cloud. The acquisition expands our cloud-based technology offerings 
within the Business Advisory segment. The results of operations of ForceIQ are included in our consolidated financial statements and results 
of operations of our Business Advisory segment from the date of acquisition. 

F-15

Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

The acquisitions of B3i Analytics and ForceIQ are not significant to our consolidated financial statements individually or in the aggregate as of 
and for the year ended December 31, 2020.

In 2019, we completed the acquisition of an immaterial business in our Education segment. The results of operations of the acquired 
business is included in our consolidated financial statements and results of operations of our Education segment from the date of acquisition.

Divestitures

2021

Life Sciences

On November 1, 2021, we completed the divestiture of our Life Sciences business, a reporting unit within our Business Advisory segment to 
a third-party. In connection with the sale, we recorded a $31.5 million pre-tax gain which is included in other income, net on our consolidated 
statement of operations. The Life Sciences business was not significant to our consolidated financial statements and did not qualify as a 
discontinued operation for reporting under GAAP. For the ten months ended October 31, 2021, this business generated $16.7 million of 
revenues. 

2020

U.K. Life Sciences Drug Safety Practice

On December 30, 2020, we sold our U.K. life sciences drug safety business that was part of the Life Sciences reporting unit to former 
employees. In connection with the sale, we recorded a $1.5 million loss which is included in other income, net on our consolidated statement 
of operations. The U.K. life sciences drug safety practice was not significant to our consolidated financial statements and did not meet the 
criteria for reporting separately as discontinued operations. In 2020, this business generated $2.3 million of revenues. 

4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The table below sets forth the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 
2020. 

Healthcare

Business
Advisory

Education

Total

Balance as of December 31, 2019:
Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses
Goodwill, net as of December 31, 2019
Goodwill recorded in connection with a business combination (1)
Goodwill impairment charges
Foreign currency translation
Balance as of December 31, 2020:
Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses
Goodwill, net as of December 31, 2020
Goodwill recorded in connection with business combinations (1)
Balance as of December 31, 2021:
Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses
Goodwill, net as of December 31, 2021:

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

636,810  $ 
(208,081) 
428,729  $ 
— 
— 
— 

302,057  $ 
(187,995) 
114,062  $ 
7,507 
(59,816)   
(629) 

103,889  $ 
— 
103,889  $ 
495 
— 
— 

1,042,756 
(396,076) 
646,680 
8,002 
(59,816) 
(629) 

636,810 
(208,081) 
428,729  $ 
6,141 

308,935 
(247,811) 

61,124  $ 
3,315 

104,384 
— 
104,384  $ 
17,186 

1,050,129 
(455,892) 
594,237 
26,642 

642,951 
(208,081) 
434,870  $ 

312,250 
(247,811) 

64,439  $ 

121,570 
— 
121,570  $ 

1,076,771 
(455,892) 
620,879 

(1)  See Note 3 “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for additional information on business combinations completed in 2021 and 2020.

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

2021 Annual Goodwill Impairment Test

Pursuant to our policy, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test as of November 30, 2021 for our five reporting units with goodwill 
balances: Healthcare, Education, Business Advisory, Strategy and Innovation, and Enterprise Solutions and Analytics. We performed a 
qualitative assessment over all reporting units to determine if it was more likely than not the respective fair values of these reporting units 
were less than their carrying amounts, including goodwill.

For our qualitative assessment, we considered the most recent quantitative analysis performed for each reporting unit, which was as of 
November 30, 2020, including the key assumptions used within that analysis, the indicated fair values, and the amount by which those fair 
values exceeded their carrying amounts. One of the key assumptions used within the prior quantitative analysis was our internal financial 
projections; therefore, we considered the actual performance of each reporting unit during 2021 compared to the internal financial projections 
used, as well as specific outlooks for each reporting unit based on our most recent internal financial projections. We also considered the 
market-based valuation multiples used in the market approach within our prior quantitative analysis, which were derived from guideline 
companies, and noted that the valuation multiples generally increased over the past year. We also reviewed the current carrying value of 
each reporting unit in comparison to the carrying values as of the prior quantitative analysis. In addition, we considered various factors, 
including macroeconomic conditions, relevant industry and market trends for each reporting unit, and other entity-specific events, that could 
indicate a potential change in the fair value of our reporting units or the composition of their carrying values. Based on our assessments, we 
determined that it was more likely than not that the fair values for each of our reporting units exceeded their respective carrying amounts. As 
such, the goodwill for our reporting units was not considered impaired as of November 30, 2021, and a quantitative goodwill impairment 
analysis was not necessary.

Further, we evaluated whether any events have occurred or any circumstances have changed since November 30, 2021 that would indicate 
goodwill may have become impaired since our annual impairment test. Based on our evaluation as of December 31, 2021, we determined 
that no indications of impairment have arisen since our annual goodwill impairment test.

The results of an impairment analysis are as of a point in time. There is no assurance that the actual future earnings or cash flows of our 
reporting units will be consistent with our projections. We will monitor any changes to our assumptions and will evaluate goodwill as deemed 
warranted during future periods. Any significant decline in our operations could result in non-cash goodwill impairment charges.

First Quarter 2020 Goodwill Impairment Charges

The worldwide spread of the COVID-19 pandemic in the first quarter of 2020 has created significant volatility, uncertainty and disruption to 
the global economy. From the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, we closely monitored the impact it could have on all aspects of our 
business, including how we expect it to negatively impact our clients, employees and business partners. While the COVID-19 pandemic did 
not have a significant impact on our consolidated revenues in the first quarter of 2020, we expected it to have an unfavorable impact on 
sales, increase uncertainty in the backlog and negatively impact full year 2020 results. The services provided by our Strategy and Innovation 
and Life Sciences reporting units within our Business Advisory segment focus on strategic solutions for healthy, well-capitalized companies to 
identify new growth opportunities, which may be considered by our clients to be more discretionary in nature, and the duration of the projects 
within these practices are typically short-term. Therefore, at the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic in the U.S. and due to the uncertainty 
caused by the pandemic, we were cautious about near-term results for these two reporting units. Based on our internal projections and the 
preparation of our financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2020, and considering the expected decrease in demand due to the 
COVID-19 pandemic, during the first quarter of 2020 we believed it was more likely than not that the fair value of these two reporting units no 
longer exceeded their carrying values and performed an interim impairment test on both reporting units as of March 31, 2020.

Based on the estimated fair values of the Strategy and Innovation and Life Sciences reporting units, we recorded non-cash pretax goodwill 
impairment charges of $49.9 million and $9.9 million, respectively, in the first quarter of 2020. The $49.9 million non-cash pretax charge 
related to the Strategy and Innovation reporting unit reduced the goodwill balance of the reporting unit to $37.5 million. The $9.9 million non-
cash pretax charge related to the Life Sciences reporting unit reduced the goodwill balance of the reporting unit to zero. 

Our goodwill impairment test was performed by comparing the fair value of each of the Strategy and Innovation and Life Sciences reporting 
units with its respective carrying value and recognizing an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying value exceeded the fair 
value. To estimate the fair value of each reporting unit, we relied on a combination of the income approach and the market approach with a 
fifty-fifty weighting.

In the income approach, we utilized a discounted cash flow analysis, which involved estimating the expected after-tax cash flows that will be 
generated by each reporting unit and then discounting those cash flows to present value, reflecting the relevant risks associated with each 
reporting unit and the time value of money. This approach requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including forecasted 
revenue growth rates, forecasted EBITDA margins, and discount rates that reflect the risk inherent in the future cash flows. In estimating 

F-17

Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

future cash flows, we relied on internally generated seven-year forecasts. Our forecasts are based on historical experience, current backlog, 
expected market demand, and other industry information. 

In the market approach, we utilized the guideline company method, which involved calculating revenue multiples based on operating data 
from guideline publicly traded companies. Multiples derived from guideline companies provide an indication of how much a knowledgeable 
investor in the marketplace would be willing to pay for a company. These multiples were evaluated and adjusted based on specific 
characteristics of the Strategy and Innovation and Life Sciences reporting units relative to the selected guideline companies and applied to 
the reporting units' operating data to arrive at an indication of value. 

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 consisted of the following: 

As of December 31,

2021

2020

Useful Life
in Years
3 to 13
6
2 to 5
4 to 5
1

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

$ 

$ 

75,908  $ 
6,000 
13,330 
2,020 
260 
97,518  $ 

53,421  $ 
5,148 
5,607 
1,347 
101 
65,624  $ 

73,629  $ 
6,130 
5,800 
2,090 
800 
88,449  $ 

56,232 
4,287 
5,380 
1,541 
526 
67,966 

Customer relationships
Trade names
Technology and software
Non-competition agreements
Customer contracts

Total

In connection with the divestiture of our Life Sciences business within our Business Advisory segment in 2021, we included $2.1 million of 
intangible assets in the calculation of the gain on sale recognized in other income (loss) on our consolidated statement of operations. The 
$2.1 million of intangible assets represents the carrying value of the Life Sciences customer relationships intangible asset as of the closing 
date.

Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Customer relationships and customer contracts, 
as well as certain trade names and technology and software, are amortized on an accelerated basis to correspond to the cash flows expected 
to be derived from the assets. All other intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis.

Intangible assets amortization expense was $9.3 million, $12.7 million, and $17.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 
2019, respectively. The table below sets forth the estimated annual amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years for the 
intangible assets recorded as of December 31, 2021.

Year Ending December 31,

Estimated 
Amortization Expense

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

10,670 

7,481 

4,263 

3,178 

2,271 

Actual future amortization expense could differ from these estimated amounts as a result of future acquisitions, dispositions, and other 
factors. 

5. Leases

We lease office space, data centers and certain equipment under operating leases expiring on various dates through 2029, with various 
renewal options that can extend the lease terms by one to ten years. Our operating leases include fixed payments plus, in some cases, 
scheduled base rent increases over the term of the lease. Certain leases require variable payments of real estate taxes, insurance and 
operating expenses. We exclude these variable payments from the measurements of our lease liabilities and expense them as incurred. We 
elected the practical expedient to combine lease and nonlease components. No lease agreements contain any residual value guarantees or 

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

material restrictive covenants. As of December 31, 2021, we have not entered into any material finance leases. We sublease certain office 
spaces to third parties resulting from restructuring activities in certain locations. 

Operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount of the asset group to which the operating lease ROU asset is assigned may not be recoverable. First, we test the asset 
group for recoverability by comparing the undiscounted cash flows of the asset group, which include expected future lease and nonlease 
payments under the lease agreement offset by expected sublease income, to the carrying amount of the asset group. If the first step of the 
long-lived asset impairment test concludes that the carrying amount of the asset group is not recoverable, we perform the second step of the 
long-lived asset impairment test by comparing the fair value of the asset group to its carrying amount and recognizing a lease impairment 
charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value. To estimate the fair value of the asset group, we rely on a 
discounted cash flow approach using market participant assumptions of the expected cash flows and discount rate.

Fourth Quarter 2020 Lease Impairment Charges

In the fourth quarter of 2020, we announced a restructuring plan to reduce operating costs to address the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic 
on our business. The restructuring plan provided for a reduction in certain leased office spaces which included a portion of our principal 
executive office in Chicago, Illinois; the remaining portion of our Lake Oswego, Oregon office; our Boston, Massachusetts and Detroit, 
Michigan offices; and portions of our Denver, Colorado, New York City, New York, and Pensacola, Florida offices. As a result, we recognized 
$13.2 million of non-cash lease impairment charges, of which $9.1 million was allocated to the operating lease ROU assets and $4.1 million 
was allocated to the related fixed assets based on their relative carrying amounts. The $13.2 million of non-cash lease impairment charges 
was recognized in restructuring charges on our consolidated statement of operations. See Note 11 “Restructuring Charges” for additional 
information on our restructuring activities.

Fourth Quarter 2019 Lease Impairment Charge

During 2019, we exited a portion of our Lake Oswego, Oregon office, the remaining portion of our Middleton, Wisconsin office, and an office 
in Houston Texas, which resulted in $0.8 million of non-cash lease impairment charges, of which $0.6 million was allocated to the operating 
lease ROU assets and $0.2 million was allocated to the leasehold improvements based on their relative carrying amounts. The $0.8 million of 
non-cash lease impairment charges were recognized in restructuring charges on our consolidated statement of operations. See Note 11 
“Restructuring Charges” for additional information on our restructuring activities.

Fourth Quarter 2019 Lease Modification

In the fourth quarter of 2019, we entered into an amendment to the office lease agreement for our principal executive offices in Chicago, 
Illinois, which resulted in a non-cash gain on lease modification of $0.8 million. Among other items, this amendment i) extended the term of 
the lease from September 30, 2024 to September 30, 2029; ii) provided a renewal option to extend the lease for an additional five year period 
to September 30, 2034; iii) terminated the lease with respect to certain leased spaces previously vacated; iv) provided abatement of certain 
future base rent payments and our pro rata share of operating expenses and taxes; and v) provided a one-time cash payment from the lessor 
as an incentive.

Additional information on our operating leases as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 follows.

Balance Sheet

Operating lease right-of-use assets

Current maturities of operating lease liabilities

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

Total lease liabilities

As of December 31,

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

35,311  $ 

10,142  $ 

54,313 

64,455  $ 

39,360 

8,771 

61,825 

70,596 

F-19

 
 
Table of Contents

Lease Cost

Operating lease cost
Short-term leases (1)
Variable lease costs

Sublease income

Net lease cost (2)(3)

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$ 

$ 

9,755  $ 

225 

3,765 

(1,660)   

12,085  $ 

11,045  $ 

229 

1,693 

(1,973)   

10,994  $ 

11,883 

322 

3,656 

(2,638) 

13,223 

(1)

Includes variable lease costs related to short-term leases.

(2) Net lease cost includes $2.6 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, 

recorded as restructuring charges as they relate to vacated office spaces. See Note 11 “Restructuring Charges” for additional 
information on our vacated office spaces. 

(3) Net lease cost includes $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, related to vacated 

office spaces directly related to discontinued operations.

The table below summarizes the remaining expected lease payments under our operating leases as of December 31, 2021.

Future Lease Payments
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
Total operating lease payments
Less: imputed interest
Present value of operating lease liabilities 

Other Information
Cash paid for operating lease liabilities
Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for 
operating lease liabilities

December 31,
2021

12,575 
12,352 
11,648 
11,345 
10,522 
14,462 
72,904 
(8,449) 
64,455 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$ 

$ 

12,573 

2,960 

$ 

$ 

11,307 

1,456 

$ 

$ 

13,902 

12,842 

7.7 years
 4.3 %

Weighted average remaining lease term - operating leases
Weighted average discount rate - operating leases

6.1 years
 4.1 %

7.0 years
 4.3 %

6. Property and Equipment, Net

Depreciation expense for property and equipment was $11.0 million, $12.2 million, and $13.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 
2020 and 2019, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, we recognized an additional $0.4 million, 
$0.6 million, and $0.5 million, respectively, of accelerated depreciation expense for fixed assets related to vacated office spaces. This 
accelerated depreciation expense is included as a component of restructuring charges. See Note 11 “Restructuring Charges” for additional 

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

information on our restructuring charges incurred in 2021, 2020 and 2019. Property and equipment, net at December 31, 2021 and 2020 
consisted of the following: 

Computers, related equipment, and software
Leasehold improvements
Furniture and fixtures
Aircraft
Assets under construction

Property and equipment

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

Property and equipment, net

As of December 31,

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

33,682  $ 
40,336 
12,023 
6,800 
1,113 
93,954 
(62,950) 
31,004  $ 

27,943 
39,952 
14,126 
7,667 
502 
90,190 
(61,097) 
29,093 

In the first quarter of 2022, we completed the sale of the aircraft to a third-party. As a result of the sale, we no longer own any aircraft.

7. Financing Arrangements

A summary of the carrying amounts of our debt follows:

Senior secured credit facility
Promissory note due 2024
Total long-term debt

Current maturities of long-term debt

Long-term debt, net of current portion

As of December 31,

2021

2020

230,000  $ 
2,780 
232,780  $ 
(559) 
232,221  $ 

200,000 
3,279 
203,279 
(499) 
202,780 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Below is a summary of the scheduled remaining principal payments of our debt as of December 31, 2021.

2022

2023

2024

Senior Secured Credit Facility

Principal Payments of 
Long-Term Debt

$ 

$ 

$ 

559 

575 

231,646 

The Company has a $600 million senior secured revolving credit facility, subject to the terms of a Second Amended and Restated Credit 
Agreement dated as of March 31, 2015, as amended to date (as amended and modified the “Amended Credit Agreement”), that becomes 
due and payable in full upon maturity on September 27, 2024. The Amended Credit Agreement provides the option to increase the revolving 
credit facility or establish term loan facilities in an aggregate amount of up to $150 million, subject to customary conditions and the approval 
of any lender whose commitment would be increased, resulting in a maximum available principal amount under the Amended Credit 
Agreement of $750 million. The initial borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement were used to refinance borrowings outstanding 
under a prior credit agreement, and future borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement may be used for working capital, capital 
expenditures, acquisitions of businesses, share repurchases, and general corporate purposes.

Fees and interest on borrowings vary based on our Consolidated Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement). At our 
option, borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement will bear interest at one, two, three or six-month LIBOR or an alternate base rate, in 
each case plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin will fluctuate between 1.125% per annum and 1.875% per annum, in the case of 
LIBOR borrowings, or between 0.125% per annum and 0.875% per annum, in the case of base rate loans, based upon our Consolidated 
Leverage Ratio at such time.

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Amounts borrowed under the Amended Credit Agreement may be prepaid at any time without premium or penalty. We are required to prepay 
the amounts outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement in certain circumstances, including upon an Event of Default (as defined in 
the Amended Credit Agreement). In addition, we have the right to permanently reduce or terminate the unused portion of the commitments 
provided under the Amended Credit Agreement at any time.

The loans and obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement are secured pursuant to a Second Amended and Restated Security 
Agreement and a Second Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement (the “Pledge Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A. as collateral 
agent, pursuant to which the Company and the subsidiary guarantors grant Bank of America, N.A., for the ratable benefit of the lenders under 
the Amended Credit Agreement, a first-priority lien, subject to permitted liens, on substantially all of the personal property assets of the 
Company and the subsidiary guarantors, and a pledge of 100% of the stock or other equity interests in all domestic subsidiaries and 65% of 
the stock or other equity interests in each “material first-tier foreign subsidiary” (as defined in the Pledge Agreement).

The Amended Credit Agreement contains usual and customary representations and warranties; affirmative and negative covenants, which 
include limitations on liens, investments, additional indebtedness, and restricted payments; and two quarterly financial covenants as follows: 
(i) a maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio (defined as the ratio of debt to consolidated EBITDA) of 3.75 to 1.00; however the maximum 
permitted Consolidated Leverage Ratio will increase to 4.00 to 1.00 upon the occurrence of certain transactions, and (ii) a minimum 
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (defined as the ratio of consolidated EBITDA to interest) of 3.50 to 1.00. Consolidated EBITDA for 
purposes of the financial covenants is calculated on a continuing operations basis and includes adjustments to add back non-cash goodwill 
impairment charges, share-based compensation costs, certain non-cash restructuring charges, pro forma historical EBITDA for businesses 
acquired, and other specified items in accordance with the Amended Credit Agreement. For purposes of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio 
total debt is on a gross basis and is not netted against our cash balances. At December 31, 2021, we were in compliance with these financial 
covenants with a Consolidated Leverage Ratio of 1.73 to 1.00 and a Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of 18.43 to 1.00.

Borrowings outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement at December 31, 2021 totaled $230.0 million. These borrowings carried a 
weighted average interest rate of 2.7%, including the effect of the interest rate swaps described in Note 12 “Derivative Instruments and 
Hedging Activity.” Borrowings outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement at December 31, 2020 were $200.0 million and carried a 
weighted average interest rate of 2.5%, including the effect of the interest rate swaps. The borrowing capacity under the revolving credit 
facility is reduced by any outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility and outstanding letters of credit. At December 31, 2021, 
we had outstanding letters of credit totaling $0.7 million, which are primarily used as security deposits for our office facilities. As of 
December 31, 2021, the unused borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility was $369.3 million.

Promissory Note due 2024

On June 30, 2017, in conjunction with our purchase of an aircraft related to the acquisition of Innosight, we assumed, from the sellers of the 
aircraft, a promissory note with an outstanding principal balance of $5.1 million. The principal balance of the promissory note is subject to 
scheduled monthly principal payments until the maturity date of March 1, 2024, at which time a final payment of $1.5 million, plus any 
accrued and unpaid interest, will be due. Under the terms of the promissory note, we pay interest on the outstanding principal amount at a 
rate of one month LIBOR plus 1.97% per annum. The obligations under the promissory note are secured pursuant to a Loan and Aircraft 
Security Agreement with Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC, which grants the lender a first priority security interest in the aircraft. At 
December 31, 2021, the outstanding principal amount of the promissory note was $2.8 million, and the aircraft had a carrying amount of $3.7 
million. At December 31, 2020, the outstanding principal amount of the promissory note was $3.3 million, and the aircraft had a carrying 
amount of $4.4 million. In the first quarter of 2022, we completed the sale of the aircraft to a third-party and used a portion of the sale 
proceeds to pay the remaining principal and unpaid interest on the promissory note. As a result of the sale, we no longer own any aircraft.

8. Capital Structure

Preferred Stock

We are authorized to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors, 
without any further stockholder action or approval, to issue these shares in one or more classes or series, to establish from time to time the 
number of shares to be included in each class or series, and to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly 
unissued class or series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, no such preferred stock 
has been approved or issued.

Common Stock

We are authorized to issue up to 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share. The holders of common stock are entitled 
to one vote for each share held of record on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders. Subject to the rights and preferences of the 

F-22

Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

holders of any series of preferred stock that may at the time be outstanding, holders of common stock are entitled to such dividends as our 
board of directors may declare. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, after payment of all of our debts and 
liabilities and subject to the rights and preferences of the holders of any series of preferred stock that may at the time be outstanding, holders 
of common stock will be entitled to receive the distribution of any of our remaining assets.

9. Revenues

For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 we recognized revenues of $905.6 million, $844.1 million, and $876.8 million, 
respectively. Of the $905.6 million recognized in 2021, we recognized revenues of $22.9 million from obligations satisfied, or partially 
satisfied, in prior periods, of which $14.6 million was primarily due to changes in the estimates of our variable consideration under 
performance-based billing arrangements and $8.3 million was primarily due to the release of allowances on unbilled services. Of the $844.1 
million recognized in 2020, we recognized revenues of $12.2 million from obligations satisfied, or partially satisfied, in prior periods, of which 
$7.5 million was primarily due to changes in the estimates of our variable consideration under performance-based billing arrangements and 
$4.7 million was primarily due to the release of allowances on unbilled services. Of the $876.8 million recognized in 2019, we recognized 
revenues of $2.8 million from obligations satisfied, or partially satisfied, in prior periods due to the release of allowances on unbilled services. 
During 2019, we recognized a $1.0 million decrease to revenues due to changes in the estimates of our variable consideration under 
performance-based billing arrangements.

As of December 31, 2021, we had $100.0 million of remaining performance obligations under engagements with original expected durations 
greater than one year. These remaining performance obligations exclude obligations under contracts with an original expected duration of 
one year or less, variable consideration which has been excluded from the total transaction price due to the constraint, and performance 
obligations under time-and-expense engagements which are recognized in the amount invoiced. Of the $100.0 million of performance 
obligations, we expect to recognize approximately $55.2 million as revenue in 2022, $25.6 million in 2023, and the remaining $19.2 million 
thereafter. Actual revenue recognition could differ from these amounts as a result of changes in the estimated timing of work to be performed, 
adjustments to estimated variable consideration in performance-based arrangements, or other factors. 

Contract Assets and Liabilities

The payment terms and conditions in our customer contracts vary. Differences between the timing of billings and the recognition of revenue 
are recognized as either unbilled services or deferred revenues in the consolidated balance sheets. 

Unbilled services include revenues recognized for services performed but not yet billed to clients. Services performed that we are not yet 
entitled to bill because certain events must occur, such as the completion of the measurement period or client approval in performance-based 
engagements, are recorded as contract assets and included within unbilled services, net. The contract asset balance as of December 31, 
2021 and 2020 was $23.7 million and $17.3 million, respectively. The $6.4 million increase primarily reflects timing differences between the 
completion of our performance obligations and the amounts billed or billable to clients in accordance with their contractual billing terms. 

Client prepayments and retainers are classified as deferred revenues and recognized over future periods in accordance with the applicable 
engagement agreement and our revenue recognition policy. Our deferred revenues balance as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 
2020 was $19.2 million and $28.2 million respectively. The $9.0 million decrease primarily reflects timing differences between client 
payments in accordance with their contract terms and the completion of our performance obligations. For the year ended December 31, 
2021, $27.6 million of revenues recognized were included in the deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2020. For the year ended 
December 31, 2020, $25.1 million of revenues recognized were included in the deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2019.

F-23

Table of Contents

10. Earnings Per Share

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares 
outstanding for the period, excluding unvested restricted common stock. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential reduction in 
earnings per share that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock 
under the treasury stock method. Such securities or other contracts include unvested restricted stock awards, outstanding common stock 
options, convertible senior notes, and outstanding warrants, to the extent dilutive. In periods for which we report a net loss from continuing 
operations, diluted weighted average common shares outstanding excludes all potential common stock equivalents as their impact on diluted 
net loss from continuing operations per share would be anti-dilutive. 

Earnings (loss) per share under the basic and diluted computations are as follows: 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net income (loss)

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

Weighted average common stock equivalents

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

Net earnings (loss) per basic share:

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net income (loss)

Net earnings (loss) per diluted share:

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net income (loss)

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

2021

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

62,987  $ 

(23,718)  $ 

— 

(122) 

62,987  $ 

(23,840)  $ 

21,439 

370 

21,809 

21,882 

— 

21,882 

2.94  $ 

— 

2.94  $ 

2.89  $ 

— 

2.89  $ 

(1.08)  $ 

(0.01) 

(1.09)  $ 

(1.08)  $ 

(0.01) 

(1.09)  $ 

41,979 

(236) 

41,743 

21,993 

514 

22,507 

1.91 

(0.01) 

1.90 

1.87 

(0.02) 

1.85 

The number of anti-dilutive securities excluded from the computation of the weighted average common stock equivalents presented above at 
December 31, 2021 and 2020 were 0.1 million and 1.1 million, respectively, and related to unvested restricted stock. The number of anti-
dilutive securities excluded from the computation of the weighted average common stock equivalents presented above at December 31, 2019 
were 3.1 million and related to the warrants sold in conjunction with the issuance of our convertible senior notes. 

As of December 31,

In November 2020, our board of directors authorized a share repurchase program (the “2020 Share Repurchase Program”) permitting us to 
repurchase up to $50 million of our common stock through December 31, 2021. The 2020 Share Repurchase Program was authorized 
subsequent to the expiration of our prior share repurchase program (the “2015 Share Repurchase Program”) on October 31, 2020. The 2015 
Share Repurchase Program permitted us to repurchase up to $125 million of our common stock through October 31, 2020. During the third
quarter of 2021, our board of directors authorized an extension of the 2020 Share Repurchase Program through December 31, 2022 and
increased the authorized amount from $50 million to $100 million.The amount and timing of repurchases under our share repurchase
programs is determined by management and depends on a variety of factors, including the trading price of our common stock, capacity under 
our credit facility, general market and business conditions, and applicable legal requirements. All shares repurchased and retired are 
reflected as a reduction to our basic weighted average shares outstanding based on the trade date of the share repurchase. 

During 2021, we repurchased and retired 1,265,261 shares for $64.8 million under the 2020 Share Repurchase Program, including 3,820 
shares for $0.2 million which settled in the first quarter of 2022. During 2020, we repurchased and retired 313,998 shares for $20.9 million 
under the 2015 Share Repurchase Program and 111,166 shares for $5.0 million under the 2020 Share Repurchase Program. Additionally, 
during the first quarter of 2020, we settled the repurchase of 18,000 shares for $1.2 million that were accrued as of December 31, 2019. In 
2019, we repurchased and retired 210,437 shares for $14.2 million under the 2015 Share Repurchase Program, including the 18,000 shares 

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

for $1.2 million which settled in the first quarter of 2020. As of December 31, 2021, $30.2 million remains available under the plan for share 
repurchases. 

11. Restructuring Charges

2021

In 2021, we incurred $12.4 million of total pretax restructuring expense. Of the $12.4 million pretax restructuring expense, $8.5 million related 
to the divestiture of our Life Sciences business, a reporting unit within the Business Advisory segment. On November 1, 2021, we completed 
the sale of the Life Sciences business to a third-party, and recognized a $31.5 million pre-tax gain which is included within other income 
(expense), net on our consolidated statement of operations. For the ten months ended October 31, 2021, the Life Sciences business 
generated $16.7 million of revenue and is not considered significant to our consolidated financial statements.

The total pretax restructuring expense of $12.4 million recognized in 2021 consisted of the following charges:

Employee Costs - We incurred $8.1 million of employee-related restructuring expense, of which $6.8 million related to transaction-related 
employee payments made in connection with the divestiture of our Life Sciences businesses and $1.3 million related to other employee-
related expenses in our Business Advisory segment. 

Office space reductions - We incurred $3.1 million of restructuring expense related to office space reductions, of which $2.3 million related to 
rent and related expenses, net of sublease income, and accelerated depreciation on furniture and fixtures for previously vacated office 
spaces and $0.8 million related to accelerated amortization and depreciation on the operating lease ROU asset and fixed assets related to 
our London, U.K. office which we vacated in connection with the divestiture of our Life Sciences business. 

Other - We incurred $1.2 million of other restructuring charges, of which $0.9 million related to third-party legal and professional advisory fees 
incurred in connection with the divestiture of our Life Sciences business and $0.2 million related to third-party advisory fees related to the 
reorganization of our internal operating and financial reporting structure. See Note 19 "Segment Information" for more information on our 
reorganization which is effective in the first quarter of 2022. 

Of the total $12.4 million pretax restructuring charge, $7.9 million was recognized in the results of operations of our Business Advisory 
segment and $4.5 million was recognized in our corporate operations.

2020

In 2020, we incurred $20.5 million of total pretax restructuring expense. Of the $20.5 million pretax restructuring expense, $18.7 million 
related to the restructuring plan executed in the fourth quarter of 2020 to reduce operating costs to address the impact of the COVID-19 
pandemic on our business. The total pretax restructuring expense of $20.5 million recognized in 2020 consisted of the following charges: 

Employee Costs - We incurred $5.3 million of severance-related restructuring expense, of which, $4.8 million related to the fourth quarter 
2020 restructuring plan and $0.4 million related to workforce reductions completed prior to the fourth quarter of 2020 to better align resources 
with market demand. Of the total $5.3 million of severance-related restructuring expense, $2.0 million related to our Education segment, 
$1.5 million related to our Healthcare segment, $1.0 million related to our Business Advisory segment, and $0.8 million related to our 
corporate operations.

Office space reductions - We incurred $14.0 million of restructuring expense related to office space reductions, which primarily related to the 
fourth quarter 2020 restructuring plan. The fourth quarter 2020 restructuring plan provided for a reduction in certain leased office spaces 
which included a portion of our principal executive office in Chicago, Illinois; the remaining portion of our Lake Oswego, Oregon office; our 
Boston, Massachusetts and Detroit, Michigan offices; and portions of our Denver, Colorado, New York City, New York, and Pensacola, 
Florida offices. As a result, we recognized $13.2 million of non-cash lease impairment charges on the related operating lease ROU assets 
and fixed assets for those we intend to sublease, as well as $0.7 million of accelerated amortization and depreciation on the related operating 
lease ROU assets and fixed assets we abandoned. See Note 5 “Leases” for additional information on the long-lived asset impairment test 
performed in 2020. We also incurred $0.1 million related to rent and related expenses, net of sublease income, for previously vacated office 
spaces.

Other - We incurred $1.2 million of other restructuring charges primarily related to an accrual for the termination of a third-party advisor 
agreement in our Business Advisory segment.

Of the total $20.5 million pretax restructuring charge, $14.8 million related to our corporate operations, $2.2 million related to our Business 
Advisory segment, $2.0 million related to our Education segment, and $1.5 million related to our Healthcare segment. 

F-25

Table of Contents

2019

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

In 2019, we incurred $1.9 million of pretax restructuring expense. This expense primarily consisted of the following charges:

Employee Costs - We incurred $0.6 million of severance expense as a result of workforce reductions to better align resources with market 
demand and workforce reductions in our corporate operations. 

Office space reductions - We incurred $1.2 million of restructuring expense related to office space reductions. During 2019, we exited a 
portion of our Lake Oswego, Oregon office resulting in a $0.7 million lease impairment charge on the related operating lease ROU asset and 
leasehold improvements and $0.2 million of accelerated depreciation on furniture and fixtures in that office. See Note 5 “Leases” for 
additional information on the long-lived asset impairment test performed in 2019. Additionally, during 2019, we exited the remaining portion of 
our Middleton, Wisconsin office and an office in Houston, Texas, resulting in restructuring charges of $0.4 million and $0.1 million, 
respectively, which primarily consisted of accelerated depreciation on furniture and fixtures in those offices. During the fourth quarter of 2019, 
we entered into an amendment to the lease of our principal executive office in Chicago, Illinois. Among other items, the amendment 
terminated the lease with respect to certain leased space which we previously vacated and subleased to a third-party. As a result of the 
amendment, we recognized a restructuring gain of $0.4 million. See Note 5 “Leases” for additional information on the amendment. 

Of the $1.9 million pretax restructuring charge, $1.5 million related to our corporate operations, $0.3 million related to our Healthcare 
segment, and $0.1 million related to our Business Advisory segment. 

The table below sets forth the changes in the carrying amount of our restructuring charge liability by restructuring type for the years ended 
December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Employee Costs

Office Space 
Reductions

Other

Total

Balance as of December 31, 2019

$ 

68  $ 

91  $ 

—  $ 

Additions (1) (2)
Payments
Adjustments (1) (2)

Balance as of December 31, 2020

Additions (1)(2)
Payments
Adjustments (1)(2)

5,290 

(2,907) 

(4) 

2,447 

8,132 

(9,993) 

(13) 

— 

— 

(7) 

84 

— 

(84) 

— 

1,256 

(363) 

— 

893 

1,156 

(1,482) 

— 

Balance as of December 31, 2021

$ 

573  $ 

—  $ 

567  $ 

159 

6,546 

(3,270) 

(11) 

3,424 

9,288 

(11,559) 

(13) 

1,140 

(1) Additions and adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 include restructuring charges of $0.1 million and 

$0.2 million, respectively, related to office space reductions directly related to discontinued operations. 

(2) Additions and adjustments exclude non-cash items related to vacated office spaces, such as lease impairment charges and accelerated 

depreciation on abandoned operating lease ROU assets and fixed assets, which are recorded as restructuring charges on our 
consolidated statements of operations.

All of the $0.6 million restructuring charge liability related to employee costs at December 31, 2021 is expected to be paid in the next 12 
months and is included as a component of accrued payroll and related benefits. Substantially all of the $0.6 million other restructuring charge 
liability at December 31, 2021 is expected to be paid in the next 12 months and is included as a component of accrued expenses and other 
current liabilities.    

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

12. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity

On June 22, 2017, we entered into a forward interest rate swap agreement effective August 31, 2017 and ending August 31, 2022, with a 
notional amount of $50.0 million. We entered into this derivative instrument to hedge against the interest rate risks of our variable-rate 
borrowings. Under the terms of the interest rate swap agreement, we receive from the counterparty interest on the notional amount based on 
one month LIBOR and we pay to the counterparty a fixed rate of 1.900%. 

On January 30, 2020, we entered into a forward interest rate swap agreement effective December 31, 2019 and ending December 31, 2024, 
with a notional amount of $50.0 million. We entered into this derivative instrument to further hedge against the interest rate risks of our 
variable-rate borrowings. Under the terms of the interest rate swap agreement, we receive from the counterparty interest on the notional 
amount based on one month LIBOR and we pay to the counterparty a fixed rate of 1.500%.

On March 16, 2020, we entered into a forward interest rate swap agreement effective February 28, 2020 and ending February 28, 2025, with 
a notional amount of $100.0 million. We entered into this derivative instrument to further hedge against the interest rate risks of our variable-
rate borrowings. Under the terms of the interest rate swap agreement, we receive from the counterparty interest on the notional amount 
based on one month LIBOR and we pay to the counterparty a fixed rate of 0.885%.

We recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value on the balance sheet. We have designated these derivative 
instruments as cash flow hedges. Therefore, changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments are recorded to other comprehensive 
income (“OCI”) to the extent effective and reclassified into interest expense upon settlement. As of December 31, 2021, it was anticipated 
that $1.1 million of the losses, net of tax, currently recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income will be reclassified into earnings 
within the next 12 months. 

The table below sets forth additional information relating to our interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedging instruments as of 
December 31, 2021 and 2020. 

Balance Sheet Location
Other non-current assets

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Deferred compensation and other liabilities

Fair Value (Derivative Asset and Liability)
As of December 31,

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,210  $ 

1,604  $ 

149  $ 

— 

2,100 

3,297 

All of our derivative instruments are transacted under the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master agreements. These 
agreements permit the net settlement of amounts owed in the event of default and certain other termination events. Although netting is 
permitted, it is our policy to record all derivative assets and liabilities on a gross basis on our consolidated balance sheet. 

We do not use derivative instruments for trading or other speculative purposes. Refer to Note 14 “Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)” for 
additional information on our derivative instruments.

F-27

 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

13. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Certain of our assets and liabilities are measured at fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or the 
price that would be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. GAAP 
establishes a fair value hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value and requires companies to maximize the use of observable inputs 
and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy consists of three levels based on the objectivity of the inputs as 
follows:

Level 1 Inputs

Level 2 Inputs

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at 
the measurement date.

Quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or 
liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; 
or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 Inputs

Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, and include situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for 
the asset or liability.

The tables below sets forth our fair value hierarchy for our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of 
December 31, 2021 and 2020. 

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

December 31, 2021

Assets:

Interest rate swap

Convertible debt investment

Deferred compensation assets

Total assets

Liabilities:

Interest rate swaps

Contingent consideration for business acquisition

Total liabilities

December 31, 2020

Assets:

Convertible debt investment

Deferred compensation assets

Total assets

Liabilities:

Interest rate swaps

Contingent consideration for business acquisition

Total liabilities

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

627  $ 

—  $ 

— 

— 

— 

39,430 

65,918 

— 

627 

65,918 

39,430 

—  $ 

40,057  $ 

65,918  $ 

105,975 

—  $ 

— 

—  $ 

1,170  $ 

— 

1,170  $ 

—  $ 

3,743 

3,743  $ 

1,170 

3,743 

4,913 

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

—  $ 

— 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

—  $ 

—  $ 

64,364  $ 

34,056 

— 

34,056  $ 

64,364  $ 

5,397  $ 

— 

5,397  $ 

—  $ 

1,770 

1,770  $ 

64,364 

34,056 

98,420 

5,397 

1,770 

7,167 

Interest rate swaps:  The fair values of our interest rate swaps were derived using estimates to settle the interest rate swap agreements, 
which are based on the net present value of expected future cash flows on each leg of the swap utilizing market-based inputs and discount 
rates reflecting the risks involved. See Note 12 "Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity" for additional information on our interest rate 
swaps.

Convertible debt investment:  In 2014 and 2015, we invested $27.9 million, in the form of zero coupon convertible debt (the “initial convertible 
notes”), in Shorelight Holdings, LLC (“Shorelight”), the parent company of Shorelight, a U.S.-based company that partners with leading 
nonprofit universities to increase access to and retention of international students, boost institutional growth, and enhance an institution’s 
global footprint. In the first quarter of 2020, we invested an additional $13.0 million, in the form of 1.69% convertible debt with a senior 
liquidation preference to the initial convertible notes (the “additional convertible note”); and amended our initial convertible notes to include a 

F-28

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

coupon rate of 1.69% and extend the maturity date to January 17, 2024, which coincides with the maturity date of the additional convertible 
note.

To determine the appropriate accounting treatment for our investment, we performed a variable interest entity (“VIE”) analysis and concluded 
that Shorelight does not meet the definition of a VIE. We also reviewed the characteristics of our investment to confirm that the convertible 
notes are not in-substance common stock that would warrant equity method accounting. After we reviewed all of the terms of the investment, 
we concluded the appropriate accounting treatment to be that of an available-for-sale debt security.

The investment is carried at fair value with unrealized holding gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive 
income. We estimate the fair value of our investment using a scenario-based approach in the form of a hybrid analysis that consists of a 
Monte Carlo simulation model and an expected return analysis. The conclusion of value for our investment is based on the probability-
weighted assessment of both scenarios. The hybrid analysis utilizes certain assumptions including the assumed holding period through the 
maturity date of January 17, 2024, the applicable waterfall distribution at the end of the expected holding period based on the rights and 
privileges of the various instruments, cash flow projections discounted at the risk-adjusted rate of 22.5% and 24.0% as of December 31, 2021 
and 2020, respectively; and the concluded equity volatility of 45.0% as of both December 31, 2021 and 2020, all of which are Level 3 inputs. 
The use of alternative estimates and assumptions could increase or decrease the estimated fair value of the investment, which would result 
in different impacts to our consolidated balance sheet and comprehensive income. Actual results may differ from our estimates. The fair value 
of the convertible debt investment is recorded in long-term investments on our consolidated balance sheets.

The table below sets forth the changes in the balance of the convertible debt investment for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

Purchases

Change in fair value of convertible debt investment

Balance as of December 31, 2020

Change in fair value of convertible debt investment

Balance as of December 31, 2021

Convertible Debt Investment

$ 

$ 

49,542 

13,000 

1,822 

64,364 

1,554 

65,918 

Deferred compensation assets: We have a non-qualified deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) for the members of our board of directors 
and a select group of our employees. The deferred compensation liability is fully funded by the Plan assets, which consist of life insurance 
policies maintained within a trust. The cash surrender value of the life insurance policies approximates fair value and is based on third-party 
broker statements which provide the fair value of the life insurance policies' underlying investments, which are Level 2 inputs. The cash 
surrender value of the life insurance policies is invested primarily in mutual funds. The Plan assets are included in other non-current assets 
on our consolidated balance sheets. Realized and unrealized gains (losses) from the deferred compensation assets are recorded to other 
income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations.

Contingent consideration for business acquisitions:  We estimate the fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration using either a 
probability-weighted assessment of the specific financial performance targets being measured or a Monte Carlo simulation model, as 
appropriate. These fair value measurements are based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represent Level 3 inputs. 
The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements of our contingent consideration are our measures of the estimated 
payouts based on internally generated financial projections on a probability-weighted basis and a discount rate which was in a range of 2.4% 
to 5.1% with a weighted average of 3.7% as of December 31, 2021 and was 2.4% as of December 31, 2020. The weighted average discount 
rate was calculated using the relative fair values of the contingent consideration as of December 31, 2021. The fair value of the contingent 
consideration is reassessed quarterly based on assumptions used in our latest projections and input provided by practice leaders and 
management. Any change in the fair value estimate is recorded in our consolidated statement of operations for that period. The use of 
alternative estimates and assumptions could increase or decrease the estimated fair value of our contingent consideration liability, which 
would result in different impacts to our consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of operations. Actual results may differ from 
our estimates. 

F-29

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

The table below sets forth the changes in the balance of the contingent consideration for business acquisitions for the years ended 
December 31, 2021 and 2020. 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

Acquisition

Balance as of December 31, 2020

Acquisition

Change in fair value of contingent consideration for business acquisition

Balance as of December 31, 2021

Financial assets and liabilities not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:

Preferred Stock Investment

Contingent Consideration for 
Business Acquisitions

$ 

$ 

— 

1,770 

1,770 

1,800 

173 

3,743 

In the fourth quarter of 2019, we invested $5.0 million, in the form of preferred stock, in Medically Home Group, Inc. (“Medically Home”), a 
healthcare technology-enabled services company. To determine the appropriate accounting treatment for our investment, we performed a 
VIE analysis and concluded that Medically Home does not meet the definition of a VIE. We also reviewed the characteristics of our 
investment to confirm that the preferred stock is not in-substance common stock that would warrant equity method accounting. After we 
reviewed all of the terms of the investment, we concluded the appropriate accounting treatment for our investment in Medically Home to be 
that of an equity security with no readily determinable fair value. We elected to apply the measurement alternative at the time of the purchase 
and will continue to do so until the investment does not qualify to be so measured. Under the measurement alternative, the investment is 
carried at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the 
identical or similar investment in Medically Home. On a quarterly basis, we review the information available to determine whether an orderly 
and observable transaction for the same or similar equity instrument occurred, and remeasure the fair value of the preferred stock using such 
identified transactions, with changes in the fair value recorded to other income (expense), net in our consolidated statement of operations. 

In October 2020, we recognized an unrealized gain of $1.7 million to increase the carrying amount of our preferred stock investment to 
$6.7 million, based on an observable price change of preferred stock with similar rights and preferences to our preferred stock investment 
issued by Medically Home, a Level 2 input. The unrealized gain of $1.7 million was recorded in other income (expense), net on our 
consolidated statement of operations. During the year ended December 31, 2021, there has been no impairment, nor any observable price 
change related to our investment. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the carrying amount of our preferred stock investment was 
$6.7 million.

Senior Secured Credit Facility

The carrying value of our borrowings outstanding under our senior secured credit facility is stated at cost. Our carrying value approximates 
fair value, using Level 2 inputs, as the senior secured credit facility bears interest at variable rates based on current market rates as set forth 
in the Amended Credit Agreement. Refer to Note 7 “Financing Arrangements” for additional information on our senior secured credit facility.

Promissory Note due 2024 

The carrying value of our promissory note due 2024 is stated at cost. Our carrying value approximates fair value, using Level 2 inputs, as the 
promissory note bears interest at rates based on current market rates as set forth in the terms of the promissory note. Refer to Note 7 
“Financing Arrangements” for additional information on our promissory note due 2024.

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Other Financial Instruments

Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair market value. The carrying values of all other financial instruments not 
described above reasonably approximate fair market value due to the nature of the financial instruments and the short-term maturity of these 
items. 

F-30

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

14. Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The table below sets forth the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax for the years ended December 31, 
2021, 2020, and 2019. 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $0

Unrealized gain (loss) on investments:

Change in fair value, net of tax of $185

Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges:

Change in fair value, net of tax of $295

Reclassification adjustment into earnings, net of tax of $48

Balance as of December 31, 2019

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $0

Unrealized gain (loss) on investments:

Change in fair value, net of tax of $(499)

Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges:

Change in fair value, net of tax of $1,693

Reclassification adjustment into earnings, net of tax of $(388)

Balance as of December 31, 2020

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $0
Reclassification adjustments into earnings, net of tax of $0(2)

Unrealized gain (loss) on investments: 

Change in fair value, net of tax of $(385)

Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges:

Change in fair value, net of tax of $(641)

Reclassification adjustment into earnings, net of tax of $(678)

Foreign
Currency
Translation

Available-for-
Sale 
Investments

Cash Flow
Hedges (1)

Total

$ 

(665)  $ 

16,584  $ 

576  $ 

16,495 

99 

— 

— 

— 
(566) 

348 

— 

— 

— 

(218) 
157 

(1,082) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(702) 

— 

— 
15,882 

— 

1,323 

— 

— 

17,205 
— 

— 

1,169 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(819) 

(137) 
(380) 

— 

— 

(4,652) 

1,106 

(3,926) 
— 

— 

— 

1,606 

1,929 

99 

(702) 

(819) 

(137) 
14,936 

348 

1,323 

(4,652) 

1,106 

13,061 
157 

(1,082) 

1,169 

1,606 

1,929 

Balance as of December 31, 2021

$ 

(1,143)  $ 

18,374  $ 

(391)  $ 

16,840 

(1)  The before tax amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to our cash flow hedges are recorded 

to interest expense, net of interest income.

(2) 

In connection with the divestiture of the Life Sciences business, which included a substantially complete liquidation of an investment 
within a foreign entity, we included $1.1 million of accumulated translation gains in the calculation of our gain on sale recorded within 
other income, net on our consolidated statement of operations. See Note 3 "Acquisitions and Divestitures" for additional information on 
the divestiture of the Life Sciences business in 2021.

15. Employee Benefit and Deferred Compensation Plans

We sponsor a qualified defined contribution 401(k) plan covering substantially all of our employees. Under the plan, employees are entitled to 
make pretax, post-tax, and/or Roth post-tax contributions up to the annual maximums established by the Internal Revenue Service. We 
match an amount equal to the employees’ contributions up to 6% of the employees’ eligible earnings. Our matching contributions for the 
years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 were $29.9 million, $25.1 million, and $22.8 million, respectively.

We have a non-qualified deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) that is administered by our board of directors or a committee designated by 
the board of directors. Under the Plan, members of the board of directors and a select group of our employees may elect to defer the receipt 
of their director retainers and meeting fees or base salary and bonus, as applicable. Additionally, we may credit amounts to a participant’s 
deferred compensation account in accordance with employment or other agreements entered into between us and the participant. At our sole 
discretion, we may, but are not required to, credit any additional amount we desire to any participant’s deferred compensation account. 

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Amounts credited are subject to vesting schedules set forth in the Plan, employment agreement, or any other agreement entered into 
between us and the participant. The deferred compensation liability at December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $39.1 million and $34.3 million, 
respectively. This deferred compensation liability is fully funded by the Plan assets. 

16. Equity Incentive Plans

In 2012, Huron adopted the 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”) which replaced, on a prospective basis, our 2004 Omnibus Stock 
Plan (the "2004 Plan") such that future grants will be granted under the 2012 Plan and any outstanding awards granted under the 2004 Plan 
that are cancelled, expired, forfeited, settled in cash, or otherwise terminated without a delivery of shares to the participant will not become 
available for grant under the 2012 Plan. The 2012 Plan permits the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, 
restricted stock units, performance shares and other share-based or cash-based awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or 
otherwise based on, our common stock. Subsequent to the initial approval of the 2012 Plan and through December 31, 2021, our 
shareholders approved amendments to the 2012 Plan to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance to 4.6 million, in the 
aggregate. As of December 31, 2021, 1.2 million shares remain available for issuance under the 2012 Plan. 

On May 1, 2015, we adopted the Stock Ownership Participation Program (the “SOPP”), which is available to Huron employees below the 
managing director level who do not receive equity-based awards as part of their normal compensation plan. Under the SOPP, eligible 
employees may elect to use after-tax payroll deductions to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock on certain designated purchase 
dates. Employees who purchase stock under the SOPP are granted restricted stock equal to 25% of their purchased shares. Vesting of the 
restricted stock is subject to both a time-based vesting schedule and a requirement that the purchased shares be held for a specified period. 
Subsequent to the initial approval of the SOPP and through December 31, 2021, our shareholders approved amendments to the SOPP to 
increase the total number of shares authorized for issuance to 0.7 million, in the aggregate. Prior to the adoption of the SOPP, the matching 
share grants and the employee purchased shares under the stock ownership participation program were governed by the 2012 Plan. As of 
December 31, 2021, 0.3 million shares remain available for issuance under the SOPP. 

It has been our practice to issue shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options and granting of restricted stock from authorized but 
unissued shares, with the exception of the SOPP under which shares are issued from treasury stock. Certain grants of restricted stock under 
the 2012 Plan may be issued from treasury stock at the direction of the Compensation Committee.  

Share-based awards outstanding under our 2012 Plan and our 2004 Plan provide for a retirement eligibility provision, under which eligible 
employees who have reached 62 years of age and have completed seven years of employment with Huron will continue vesting in their 
share-based awards after retirement, subject to certain conditions. The Compensation Committee of the board of directors has the 
responsibility of interpreting the 2012 Plan and SOPP and determining all of the terms and conditions of awards made under the plans, 
including when the awards will become exercisable or otherwise vest.

Total share-based compensation cost recognized for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $25.9 million, $23.9 million, 
and $24.2 million, respectively, with related income tax benefits of $6.3 million, $5.4 million, and $5.3 million, respectively.The $25.9 million of 
share-based compensation cost recognized in 2021 included $1.9 million recorded to restructuring charges as it related to the modification of 
certain nonvested share-based compensation awards to accelerate vesting upon the completed sale of the Life Sciences business. As of 
December 31, 2021, there was $28.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based awards. This cost is 
expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.4 years.

Restricted Stock 

The grant date fair values of our restricted stock are measured based on the fair value of our common stock at grant date and amortized into 
expense over the service period. Subject to acceleration under certain conditions, the majority of our restricted stock vests annually over four 
years. 

F-32

Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

The table below summarizes the restricted stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2021.        

Nonvested restricted stock at December 31, 2020

Granted
Vested

Forfeited

Nonvested restricted stock at December 31, 2021

Number of Shares

Stock Ownership 
Participation 
Program

2012 Omnibus 
Incentive Plan

Total 

Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
(in dollars)

881 

404 

(369) 

(48) 

868 

18 

16 

(16) 

(4) 

14 

899  $ 

420  $ 

(385)  $ 

(52)  $ 

882  $ 

51.12 

53.84 

48.40 

52.67 

53.51 

The aggregate fair value of restricted stock that vested during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $19.8 million, $18.6 
million, and $14.5 million, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value per share of restricted stock granted during 2020 and 
2019 was $58.13 and $48.57, respectively. 

Performance-based Share Awards

The total number of shares earned by recipients of performance-based share awards is contingent upon meeting practice specific and 
company-wide performance goals. Following the performance period, certain awards are subject to the completion of a service period, which 
is generally an additional two years. These earned awards vest on a graded vesting schedule over the service period. For certain 
performance awards, the recipients may earn additional shares of stock for performance achieved above the stated target. The grant date fair 
values of our performance-based share awards are measured based on the fair value of our common stock at grant date. Compensation cost 
is amortized into expense over the service period, including the performance period.

The table below summarizes the performance-based stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2021. All nonvested performance-based 
stock outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020 was granted under the 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan. 

Nonvested performance-based stock at December 31, 2020
Granted (1)
Vested
Forfeited (2)
Nonvested performance-based stock at December 31, 2021 (3)

Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
(in dollars)

Number of
Shares

519  $ 
272  $ 
(191)  $ 
(162)  $ 
438  $ 

49.42 
53.75 
39.04 
53.80 
53.08 

(1) Shares granted in 2021 are presented at the stated target, which represents the base number of shares that could be earned. Actual 

shares earned may be below or, for certain grants, above the target based on the achievement of specific financial goals.

(2) Forfeited shares include shares forfeited as a result of not meeting the performance criteria of the award as well as shares forfeited upon 

termination.

(3) Of the 438,000 nonvested performance-based shares outstanding as of December 31, 2021, 383,167 shares were unearned and 

subject to achievement of specific financial goals. Once earned, the awards will be subject to time-based vesting according to the terms 
of the award. Based on 2021 financial results, approximately 189,161 of the 383,167 unearned shares will be forfeited in the first quarter 
of 2022.

The aggregate fair value of performance-based stock that vested during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $9.8 
million, $5.9 million, and $3.4 million, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value per share of performance-based stock granted 
during 2020 and 2019 was $58.84 and $47.93, respectively.

F-33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Stock Options

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

We grant stock options at exercise prices equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Subject to acceleration 
under certain conditions, our stock options vest annually over four years. Our stock options have a contractual term between 7 and 10 years. 

The fair value of the options granted during 2021 were calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following 
assumptions:

Black-Scholes option pricing model:

Expected dividend yield

Expected volatility

Risk-free rate

Expected option life (in years)

2021

—%

40.0%

0.9%

4.75 years

Expected volatility was based on our historical stock prices as we believe that our historical volatility provides the most reliable indication of 
future volatility and sufficient historical daily stock price observations are available. The risk-free interest rate was based on the rate of U.S. 
Treasury bills with an equivalent expected term of the stock options at the time of the option grant. The expected option life was estimated 
using the simplified method, which is a weighted average of the vesting term and the contractual term, to determine the expected term.The 
simplified method was used due to the lack of sufficient data available to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected 
term.

Stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2021 was as follows:

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited or expired
Outstanding at December 31, 2021 (1)
Exercisable at December 31, 2021

Number
of
Options
(in thousands)

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
(in dollars)

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in millions)

66  $ 

50  $ 

(23)  $ 

— 

93  $ 

43  $ 

37.31 

52.49 

34.34 

46.25 

38.93 

1.5 $ 

$ 

4.1 $ 

0.9 $ 

1.4 

0.4 

0.3 

0.5 

(1) Of the 93,000 outstanding options, approximately 11,000 were granted under the 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan, and the remaining 82,000 

options were granted under the 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan. 

The weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during 2021 was $18.42. No stock options were granted in 2020 and 
2019. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during 2020 and 2019 was $1.1 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

17. Income Taxes

The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act ("CARES Act"), which was signed into law on March 27, 2020, is an approximately 
$2 trillion emergency economic stimulus package in response to the COVID-19 outbreak, which among other items, includes income tax 
provisions relating to net operating loss carryback period, options to defer payroll tax payments for a limited period and technical corrections 
to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. During 2020, as a result of the CARES Act, we recognized a $1.5 million tax 
benefit related to the remeasurement of a portion of our income tax receivable for the federal net operating losses incurred in 2018 and 2020 
that were carried back to prior year income, both for a refund at the higher, prior year tax rate. As a result of electing the retroactive Global 
Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) high-tax exclusion in the second quarter of 2021, we recognized a $1.0 million tax benefit of which 
$0.4 million related to carrying back our increased 2018 federal net operating loss to prior year income for a refund at the higher, prior year 
tax rate. During the third quarter of 2021, we recognized an additional tax benefit of $2.0 million, primarily related to the U.S. federal return to 
provision adjustments for carrying back our increased 2020 federal net operating loss to prior year income for a refund at the higher, prior 
year tax rate. 

F-34

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Through December 31, 2020, we deferred $12.2 million of payroll tax payments, of which $6.1 million was expected to be paid in the fourth 
quarter of 2021 and $6.1 million was expected to be paid in the fourth quarter of 2022, and were included as components of accrued payroll 
and related benefits and deferred compensation and other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020. In the third 
quarter of 2021, all of the $12.2 million of deferred payroll tax payments were repaid.

The income tax expense for continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 consisted of the following: 

Current:

Federal
State
Foreign

Total current

Deferred:

Federal
State
Foreign

Total deferred

Income tax expense for continuing operations

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2021

2019

$ 

$ 

(934)  $ 
1,974 
3,529 
4,569 

10,951 
2,372 
(843) 
12,480 
17,049  $ 

(2,480)  $ 
168 
2,016 
(296) 

(7,414) 
(2,025) 
(420) 
(9,859) 
(10,155)  $ 

125 
2,014 
(422) 
1,717 

7,467 
1,610 
(282) 
8,795 
10,512 

The components of income from continuing operations before taxes were as follows: 

U.S.
Foreign
Total

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$ 

$ 

70,963  $ 
9,073 
80,036  $ 

(35,054)  $ 
1,181 
(33,873)  $ 

53,898 
(1,407) 
52,491 

A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory income tax rate to our effective tax rate for continuing operations is as follows: 

Percent of pretax income from continuing operations:

At U.S. statutory tax rate
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
Disallowed executive compensation
Valuation allowance
Meals and entertainment
CARES Act net operating loss carryback
Tax credits
Realized investment gains/losses
Stock-based compensation
Foreign source income
Deferred tax adjustments
Goodwill impairment charges
Unrecognized tax benefits
Net tax benefit related to “check-the-box” election 
Other

Effective income tax rate for continuing operations

F-35

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

2021

 21.0 %
 5.2 
 1.2 
 1.1 
 0.1 
 (3.8) 
 (1.3) 
 (1.1) 
 (0.7) 
 (0.2) 
 (0.2) 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 21.3 %

 21.0 %
 4.4 
 (2.8) 
 (3.1) 
 (0.6) 
 4.4 
 3.0 
 2.6 
 4.3 
 0.5 
 1.7 
 (2.6) 
 (2.0) 
 — 
 (0.8) 
 30.0 %

 21.0 %
 6.1 
 2.0 
 (2.9) 
 1.6 
 — 
 (3.1) 
 (1.8) 
 (1.1) 
 (0.5) 
 0.6 
 — 
 (0.4) 
 (1.4) 
 (0.1) 
 20.0 %

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

The net deferred tax asset (liability) for continuing operations at December 31, 2021 and 2020 consisted of the following: 

Deferred tax assets:

Operating lease liabilities
Deferred compensation liability
Share-based compensation
Accrued payroll and payroll related liabilities
Tax credits
Net operating loss carryforwards
Deferred payroll tax payments
Other

Total deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance

Net deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Intangibles and goodwill
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Convertible debt investment
Software development costs
Property and equipment
Prepaid expenses
Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax asset (liability) for continuing operations

As of December 31,

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

17,542  $ 
10,331 
8,062 
5,645 
1,828 
1,243 
— 
2,009 
46,660 
(2,876) 
43,784 

(24,375) 
(9,837) 
(6,604) 
(6,071) 
(2,730) 
(2,137) 
(2,499) 
(54,253) 
(10,469)  $ 

19,617 
9,002 
7,579 
3,745 
1,773 
944 
3,235 
3,278 
49,173 
(2,112) 
47,061 

(12,956) 
(11,079) 
(6,219) 
(6,054) 
(3,007) 
(2,708) 
(1,275) 
(43,298) 
3,763 

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had valuation allowances of $2.9 million and $2.1 million, respectively, primarily due to uncertainties 
relating to the ability to realize deferred tax assets recorded for foreign losses and tax credits. The increase in valuation allowances in 2021 
primarily related to an increase in the valuation allowance for foreign losses and tax credits.

We have foreign net operating losses of $5.9 million which begin to expire in 2027 and state net operating loss carryforwards of $4.9 million 
which will begin to expire in 2030, if not utilized. We have federal and state tax credit carryforwards of $1.8 million which will begin to expire in 
2022, if not utilized. 

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on 
examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements 
from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate 
resolution.

A reconciliation of our beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: 

Balance at January 1, 2019

Decrease due to settlements of prior year tax positions
Decrease due to lapse of statute of limitations

Balance at December 31, 2019

Additions based on tax positions related to prior years

Balance at December 31, 2020
Balance at December 31, 2021

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

900 
(115) 
(735) 
50 
694 
744 
744 

$ 

$ 

As of both December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had $0.7 million of unrecognized tax benefits which would affect the effective tax rate of 
continuing operations if recognized. It is reasonably possible that approximately $0.1 million of the liability for unrecognized tax benefits at 
December 31, 2021 could decrease in the next twelve months primarily due to the expiration of statutes of limitations.

F-36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million, respectively, accrued for the potential payment of interest 
and penalties. Accrued interest and penalties are recorded as a component of provision for income taxes on our consolidated statement of 
operations.

We file income tax returns with federal, state, local and foreign jurisdictions. Tax years 2018 through 2020 are subject to future examinations 
by federal tax authorities. Tax years 2015 through 2020 are subject to future examinations by state and local tax authorities. Our foreign 
income tax filings are subject to future examinations by the local foreign tax authorities for tax years 2016 through 2020. Currently, we are not 
under audit by any tax authority.

18. Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

Lease Commitments

We lease office space, data centers and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements expiring on various dates 
through 2029, with various renewal options. Office facilities under operating leases include fixed payments plus, in some cases, scheduled 
base rent increases over the term of the lease. Certain leases require variable payments of real estate taxes, insurance and operating 
expenses. See Note 5 “Leases” for additional information on our leases, including the remaining expected lease payments under our 
operating leases as of December 31, 2021.

Litigation

Oaktree

On November 9, 2018, Huron Consulting Services LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Huron, was engaged by Oaktree Medical Centre LLC, a 
management services organization (“Oaktree”), to perform interim management and financial advisory services. As part of the services, a 
Huron employee was appointed by Oaktree’s board of directors to serve as Chief Restructuring Officer of Oaktree (the “CRO”). The 
engagement letter through which Oaktree retained Huron’s services (the “Engagement Letter”) states that all disputes or claims arising 
thereunder are subject to binding arbitration, disclaims special, consequential, incidental and exemplary damages and losses and caps 
liability to the fees paid for the portion of the engagement giving rise to any liability. On September 19, 2019, Oaktree and certain of its 
affiliates filed for Chapter 7 liquidation in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of North Carolina, with the cases subsequently 
transferred to the District of South Carolina. As a result of the bankruptcy filing, a Chapter 7 trustee was appointed to oversee the bankruptcy 
estates, at which time Huron’s services for Oaktree concluded.

In April 2021, Trustee’s counsel communicated in writing to Huron its intent to pursue various claims against Huron and the CRO, among 
others, on behalf of the bankruptcy estates related to the services carried out by Huron and the CRO during the engagement.

On September 17, 2021, the Trustee filed a complaint in the Bankruptcy Court for the District of South Carolina against Huron and the CRO, 
among others (the “Complaint”), alleging breach of fiduciary duty, aiding and abetting a breach of fiduciary duty, negligence, violations of the 
South Carolina Unfair Trade Practices Act, fraud, civil conspiracy, unjust enrichment, and recovery of avoided transfers under sections 547, 
548 and 550 of the Bankruptcy Code. On December 7, 2021, the Trustee filed an amended version of the Complaint (the “Amended 
Complaint”), generally alleging the same claims asserted in the initial Complaint but (i) removing the claim for a violation of the South 
Carolina Unfair Trade Practices Act and (ii) adding a claim for breach of contract.

In the Amended Complaint, the Trustee asserts that Huron and the CRO, among others, did not develop and implement a Chapter 11 
restructuring plan on a timely basis and that their failure to do so led to significant damages. The Trustee seeks an unspecified amount of 
monetary damages in the Amended Complaint. We believe the Trustee’s allegations with respect to Huron and the CRO are without merit, 
and we are vigorously defending ourselves against the allegations raised in the Amended Complaint. On December 21, 2021, we filed a 
motion to dismiss all of the claims in the Amended Complaint; the motion remains pending. Notwithstanding the foregoing, given the inherent 
risk and uncertainty associated with all litigation, we cannot estimate the potential liability with respect to such allegations at this time. 

From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. As of the date of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, we are not a party to any litigation or legal proceeding or subject to any claim that, in the current opinion of 
management, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations. However, due 
to the risks and uncertainties inherent in legal proceedings, actual results could differ from current expected results.

Guarantees

Guarantees in the form of letters of credit totaling $0.7 million and $1.6 million were outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020, 
respectively, primarily to support certain office lease obligations.

F-37

Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

In connection with certain business acquisitions, we may be required to pay post-closing consideration to the sellers if specific financial 
performance targets are met over a number of years as specified in the related purchase agreements. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, 
the total estimated fair value of our outstanding contingent consideration liability was $3.7 million and $1.8 million, respectively.  

To the extent permitted by law, our bylaws and articles of incorporation require that we indemnify our officers and directors against 
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with civil or criminal action or proceedings, 
as it relates to their services to us if such person acted in good faith. Although there is no limit on the amount of indemnification, we may have 
recourse against our insurance carrier for certain payments made.

19. Segment Information

Segments are defined as components of a company that engage in business activities from which they may earn revenues and incur 
expenses, and for which separate financial information is available and is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or 
decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our chief operating decision maker, who is our 
chief executive officer, manages the business under three operating segments, which are our reportable segments: Healthcare, Business 
Advisory, and Education. 

•

Healthcare

Our Healthcare segment serves providers and payors including national and regional hospitals, integrated health systems, 
academic medical centers, community hospitals, medical groups and health plans. Our Healthcare professionals have a depth of 
expertise in business operations, including financial and operational improvement, care transformation, and revenue cycle 
managed services; organizational transformation; and digital, technology and analytic solutions. Most healthcare organizations are 
focused on changing the way care is delivered; establishing a sustainable business model centered around optimal cost structures, 
reimbursement models and financial strategies; evolving their digital, technology and analytic capabilities; and exceeding the 
expectations of their employees and patients. Our solutions help clients adapt to this rapidly changing healthcare environment to 
become a more nimble, efficient and consumer-centric organization. We use our deep industry expertise to help clients solve a 
diverse set of business issues, including, but not limited to, optimizing financial and operational performance, improving care 
delivery and clinical outcomes, increasing physician, patient and employee satisfaction, evolving organizational culture, and 
maximizing return on technology investments.

•

Business Advisory

Our Business Advisory segment works with C-suite executives and business unit and functional leadership across a diverse set of 
organizations, including healthy, well-capitalized companies to organizations in transition, and across a broad range of industries, 
including healthcare, energy and utilities, financial services, life sciences, industrials and manufacturing, education, and the public 
sector. Our Business Advisory professionals have deep industry, functional and technical expertise that they put forward when 
delivering our digital, technology and analytics, strategy and innovation and restructuring and corporate finance services. In today’s 
disruptive environment, organizations must reimagine their historical strategies and financial and operating models to sustain and 
advance their competitive advantage. Organizations also recognize the need to adopt technologies, automation and analytics to 
improve their operations and compete in a rapidly changing landscape. Our experts help organizations across industries with a 
variety of business challenges, including, but not limited to, embedding technology and analytics throughout their internal and 
customer-facing operations, developing insights into the needs of tomorrow’s customers to evolve their enterprise and business unit 
strategies, bringing new products to market, and managing through stressed and distressed situations to create a viable path 
forward for stakeholders.

•

Education

Our Education segment serves public and private colleges and universities, academic medical centers, research institutes and 
other not-for-profit organizations. Our Education professionals have a depth of expertise in strategy; business operations, including 
in the areas of the research enterprise and student lifecycle; digital, technology and analytic solutions; and organizational 
transformation. Our Education segment clients are increasingly faced with financial and/or demographic and enrollment challenges 
as well as increased competition. To remain competitive, organizations must challenge traditional operating and financial models 
and reimagine strategic, operational and research-centered opportunities that advance their mission while strengthening their 
business models. We collaborate with clients to address these challenges and ensure they have a sustainable future. We combine 
our deep industry, functional and technical expertise to help clients solve their most pressing challenges, including, but not limited 
to, transforming business operations with technology; strengthening research strategies and support services; evolving their 
organizational strategy; optimizing financial and operational performance; and enhancing the student experience. 

F-38

Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Segment operating income consists of the revenues generated by a segment, less the direct costs of revenue and selling, general and 
administrative expenses that are incurred directly by the segment. Unallocated corporate costs include costs related to administrative 
functions that are performed in a centralized manner that are not attributable to a particular segment. These administrative function costs 
include costs for corporate office support, certain office facility costs, costs related to accounting and finance, human resources, legal, 
marketing, information technology, and company-wide business development functions, as well as costs related to overall corporate 
management. 

Effective January 1, 2022, we modified our operating model to expand and more deeply integrate our industry expertise with our digital, 
strategic and financial advisory capabilities. The new operating model will strengthen Huron’s go-to-market strategy, drive efficiencies that 
support margin expansion, and position the company to accelerate growth. 

To align with the new operating model, effective with reporting for periods beginning January 1, 2022, we will begin reporting under the 
following three industries, which will be our reportable segments: Healthcare, Education and Commercial. The Commercial segment will 
include all industries outside of healthcare and education, including, but not limited to, financial services and energy and utilities. In the new 
reporting structure, each segment will include all revenue and costs associated with engagements delivered in the respective industry 
segments. The new Healthcare and Education segments will include some revenue and costs historically reported in the Business Advisory 
segment and the Healthcare segment will include some revenue and costs historically reported in the Education segment. We will also 
provide revenue reporting across two principal capabilities: i) Consulting and Managed Services and ii) Digital. These changes will create 
greater transparency for investors by improving visibility into the core drivers of our business. While our consolidated results will not be 
impacted, we will recast our historical segment information during 2022 for consistent presentation.

F-39

Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

The tables below set forth information about our operating segments for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, along with the 
items necessary to reconcile the segment information to the totals reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. We do 
not present financial information by geographic area because the financial results of our international operations are not significant to our 
consolidated financial statements.  

Healthcare:

Revenues

Operating income

Segment operating income as a percentage of segment revenues

Business Advisory:

Revenues

Operating income

Segment operating income as a percentage of segment revenues
Education: 

Revenues

Operating income

Segment operating income as a percentage of segment revenues

Total Company:

Revenues

Reimbursable expenses

Total revenues and reimbursable expenses

Segment operating income

Items not allocated at the segment level:

Other operating expenses

Litigation and other losses (gains)

Depreciation and amortization
Goodwill impairment charges (1)
Other income (expense), net

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2021

2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

377,577 

104,010 

 27.5 %

291,663 

48,236 

 16.5 %

236,400 

52,772 

 22.3 %

905,640 

21,318 

926,958 

205,018 

131,372 

173 

20,634 

— 

27,197 

80,036 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

353,437 

94,925 

 26.9 %

267,361 

48,046 

 18.0 %

223,329 

47,503 

 21.3 %

844,127 

26,887 

871,014 

190,474 

135,255 

(150) 

24,405 

59,816 

(5,021) 

$ 

(33,873) 

$ 

399,221 

125,724 

 31.5 %

252,508 

49,695 

 19.7 %

225,028 

55,741 

 24.8 %

876,757 

88,717 

965,474 

231,160 

140,285 

(1,196) 

28,365 

— 

(11,215) 

52,491 

(1) The goodwill impairment charges are not allocated at the segment level because the underlying goodwill asset is reflective of our 
corporate investment in the segments. We do not include the impact of goodwill impairment charges in our evaluation of segment 
performance.

Segment Assets:
Healthcare
Business Advisory
Education
Unallocated assets (1)
Total assets

2021

As of December 31,
2020

$ 

$ 

90,059  $ 
57,738 
46,592 
924,960 
1,119,349  $ 

40,217  $ 
38,402 
34,534 
937,822 
1,050,975  $ 

2019

73,019 
59,315 
38,881 
933,056 
1,104,271 

(1) Unallocated assets include goodwill and intangible assets and our long-term investments, as management does not evaluate these 
items at the segment level when assessing segment performance or allocating resources. Refer to Note 4 “Goodwill and Intangible 
Assets” and Note 13 “Fair Value of Financial Instruments” for further information on these assets.

F-40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

The following table illustrates the disaggregation of revenues by billing arrangements, employee types, and timing of revenue recognition, 
including a reconciliation of the disaggregated revenues to revenues from our three operating segments for the year ended December 31, 
2021, 2020 and 2019.

In conjunction with our continuous evaluation of the appropriate level of disaggregation of revenues as our business evolves and in 
consideration of a group hire of approximately 300 employees in our Healthcare Managed Services solution within our Healthcare segment in 
the second quarter of 2021, we began assessing our operating performance by the following three employee types: billable consultants, full-
time equivalents, and Healthcare Managed Services employees. The disaggregation of revenues by employee type previously reported for 
the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was revised below to reflect this change. This change has no impact on our 
consolidated total revenues or total revenues by segment.

Billing Arrangements
Fixed-fee
Time and expense
Performance-based
Software support, maintenance and subscriptions

Total

Employee Type (1)
Revenue generated by billable consultants
Revenue generated by full-time equivalents
Revenue generated by Healthcare Managed Services employees

Total

Timing of Revenue Recognition
Revenue recognized over time
Revenue recognized at a point in time

Total

Billing Arrangements
Fixed-fee
Time and expense
Performance-based
Software support, maintenance and subscriptions

Total

Employee Type (1)
Revenue generated by billable consultants
Revenue generated by full-time equivalents
Revenue generated by Healthcare Managed Services employees

Total

Timing of Revenue Recognition
Revenue recognized over time
Revenue recognized at a point in time

Total

F-41

Year Ended December 31, 2021

Healthcare

Business 
Advisory

Education

Total

$  218,415  $ 
64,394 
73,360 
21,408 
$  377,577  $ 

121,648  $ 
143,024 
18,296 
8,695 
291,663  $ 

60,077  $ 
147,245 
— 
29,078 
236,400  $ 

400,140 
354,663 
91,656 
59,181 
905,640 

$  250,552  $ 
79,307 
47,718 
$  377,577  $ 

273,680  $ 
17,983 
— 
291,663  $ 

197,221  $ 
39,179 
— 
236,400  $ 

721,453 
136,469 
47,718 
905,640 

$  373,148  $ 
4,429 
$  377,577  $ 

291,663  $ 
— 
291,663  $ 

236,058  $ 
342 
236,400  $ 

900,869 
4,771 
905,640 

Year Ended December 31, 2020

Healthcare

Business 
Advisory

Education

Total

$  202,513  $ 
58,322 
69,316 
23,286 
$  353,437  $ 

101,561  $ 
152,716 
8,059 
5,025 
267,361  $ 

44,839  $ 
155,510 
695 
22,285 
223,329  $ 

348,913 
366,548 
78,070 
50,596 
844,127 

$  234,951  $ 
89,823 
28,663 
$  353,437  $ 

253,747  $ 
13,614 
— 
267,361  $ 

191,467  $ 
31,862 
— 
223,329  $ 

680,165 
135,299 
28,663 
844,127 

$  349,676  $ 
3,761 
$  353,437  $ 

267,361  $ 
— 
267,361  $ 

223,007  $ 
322 
223,329  $ 

840,044 
4,083 
844,127 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Billing Arrangements
Fixed-fee
Time and expense
Performance-based
Software support, maintenance and subscriptions

Total

Employee Type (1)
Revenue generated by billable consultants
Revenue generated by full-time equivalents
Revenue generated by Healthcare Managed Services employees

Total

Timing of Revenue Recognition
Revenue recognized over time
Revenue recognized at a point in time

Total

Year Ended December 31, 2019

Healthcare

Business 
Advisory

Education

Total

$  249,479  $ 
55,204 
71,051 
23,487 
$  399,221  $ 

100,635  $ 
139,610 
6,856 
5,407 
252,508  $ 

51,826  $ 
154,893 
— 
18,309 
225,028  $ 

401,940 
349,707 
77,907 
47,203 
876,757 

$  278,733  $ 
116,035 
4,453 
$  399,221  $ 

243,350  $ 
9,158 
— 
252,508  $ 

195,844  $ 
29,184 
— 
225,028  $ 

717,927 
154,377 
4,453 
876,757 

$  390,884  $ 
8,337 
$  399,221  $ 

252,508  $ 
— 
252,508  $ 

223,673  $ 
1,355 
225,028  $ 

867,065 
9,692 
876,757 

(1)   Billable consultants consist of our consulting professionals who provide consulting services to our clients and are billable to our
clients based on the number of hours worked. Full-time equivalent professionals consist of leadership coaches and their support
staff within our Culture and Organizational Excellence solution, consultants who work variable schedules as needed by our clients,
and full-time employees who provide software support and maintenance services to our clients. Healthcare Managed Services
employees manage and provide revenue cycle billing, collections, insurance verification and change integrity services to healthcare
clients.

For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, substantially all of our revenues and long-lived assets were attributed to or located 
in the United States.

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, no single client accounted for greater than 10% of our combined balance of receivables from clients, net 
and unbilled services, net. During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, no single client generated greater than 10% of our 
consolidated revenues. 

F-42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

20. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

The table below sets forth the changes in the carrying amount of our allowances for doubtful accounts and unbilled services and valuation 
allowance for deferred tax assets for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019. Allowances for doubtful accounts and unbilled 
services includes allowances for fee adjustments and other discretionary pricing adjustments as well as allowances related to clients' inability 
to make required payments on accounts receivable.

Year ended December 31, 2019:

Allowances for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

Year ended December 31, 2020:

Allowances for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

Year ended December 31, 2021:

Allowances for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

Beginning
balance

Additions (1)

Deductions

Ending
balance

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

22,241 

3,143 

18,668 

1,016 

21,306 

2,112 

69,979 

1 

63,268 

1,160 

9,852 

1,090 

73,552  $ 

2,128  $ 

60,630  $ 

64  $ 

15,363  $ 

326  $ 

18,668 

1,016 

21,306 

2,112 

15,795 

2,876 

(1) Additions to allowances for doubtful accounts and unbilled services are charged to revenues to the extent the provision relates to fee 
adjustments and other discretionary pricing adjustments. To the extent the provision relates to a client’s inability to make required 
payments on accounts receivable, the provision is charged to operating expenses. 

21. Subsequent Event

On January 18, 2022, we completed the acquisition of AIMDATA, LLC, (“AIMDATA”), an advisory and implementation consulting services 
firm focused on strategy, technology and business transformation. The results of operations of AIMDATA will be included within our 
consolidated financial statements from the close date, and will be allocated among our three operating industries, which are our reportable 
segments, based on the engagements delivered by the business. AIMDATA revenues will be reported in our Digital capability. The 
acquisition of AIMDATA is not significant to our consolidated financial statements.

F-43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.
(as of December 31, 2021)

EXHIBIT 21.1

Name
Huron Consulting Group Holdings LLC
Huron Consulting Services LLC
Huron Consulting Saudi Limited
Huron Saudi Limited
Huron Advisors Canada Limited
Huron Public Finance Advisory LLC
Huron Transaction Advisory LLC
Huron Eurasia India Private Limited
Huron Consulting Services U.K. Limited
Innosight Holdings, LLC
Innosight International, LLC
Innosight Consulting Asia Pacific PTE. LTD.
Innosight Consulting SARL
Innosight Consulting, LLC
Huron Aviation One LLC
Huron Aviation Two LLC
Huron Managed Services LLC
Whiteboard Communications LTD. 

Jurisdiction of Organization
Delaware
Delaware
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Canada
Delaware
Delaware
India
England
Delaware
Delaware
Singapore
Switzerland
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Pennsylvania

 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

EXHIBIT 23.1

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-166542, 333-181445, 
333-196397, 333-204353, 333-218108, 333-231566, 333-238605, 333-238606, and 333-256384) of Huron Consulting Group Inc. of our 
report dated February 24, 2022 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which 
appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois
February 24, 2022

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER,
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.1

I, James H. Roth, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Huron Consulting Group Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to 
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the 
period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material 
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to 
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under 
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 

most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent 
functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  

February 24, 2022

By:

/s/    JAMES H. ROTH
James H. Roth
Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER,
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.2

I, John D. Kelly, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Huron Consulting Group Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to 
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the 
period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material 
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to 
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under 
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 

most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent 
functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  

February 24, 2022  

By:

/s/    JOHN D. KELLY
John D. Kelly
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER,
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.1

In connection with the Annual Report of Huron Consulting Group Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, James H. Roth, Chief 
Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1.

2.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations 
of the Company for the periods presented therein.

Date:  

February 24, 2022  

By:

/S/    JAMES H. ROTH
James H. Roth
Chief Executive Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise 
adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been 
provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon 
request.

The foregoing certification is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Form 10-K and shall not 

be considered filed as part of the Form 10-K.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER,
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.2

In connection with the Annual Report of Huron Consulting Group Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the year ended 

December 31, 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, John D. Kelly, Executive Vice 
President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1.

2.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations 
of the Company for the periods presented therein.

Date:  

February 24, 2022  

By:

/s/    JOHN D. KELLY
John D. Kelly
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise 
adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been 
provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon 
request.

The foregoing certification is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Form 10-K and shall not 

be considered filed as part of the Form 10-K.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Information

Corporate Office
Huron Consulting Group Inc. 
550 W. Van Buren Street 
Chicago, IL 60607 
312-583-8700 
www.huronconsultinggroup.com

Media Contact
Allie Bovis 
Public Relations Manager
312-583-8700 x671422
abovis@hcg.com

Investor Relations
John D. Kelly
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Financial Officer  
and Treasurer
312-583-8722
investor@hcg.com

Corporate Secretary
Ernest W. Torain, Jr.
Executive Vice President,  
General Counsel and  
Corporate Secretary
312-212-6730
corporatesecretary@hcg.com

Transfer Agent
Computershare
P.O. Box 505000
Louisville, KY 40233-5000 
312-588-4990 
www.computershare.com/investor

Stock Market Information
Common Stock is traded on the 
NASDAQ Global Select Market  
under the symbol HURN

Independent Accountants 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
One North Wacker Drive  
Chicago, IL 60606

Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
11:00 a.m. CDT, Friday, May 6, 2022

Stock Performance

Huron Consulting Group Inc.
The NASDAQ Composite Index
Peer Group Index

$300

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

Value of Investment

Huron Consulting Group Inc.

$100.00

 $79.86  $101.30  $135.68

$116.39

$98.52

-1%

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021 % return

The NASDAQ Composite Index

$100.00

$128.24  $123.26  $166.68

$239.42

$290.63

Peer Group Index

$100.00

 $95.80  $125.10

$169.15

$159.12

$210.53

191%

111%

The above graph and table compare the cumulative 
total shareholder return on our common stock 
from December 31, 2016 through December 31, 
2021, against the cumulative total shareholder 
return of The NASDAQ Composite Index and the 
stocks making up an industry peer group. The peer 
group is comprised of the following companies: 
CRA International, Inc., FTI Consulting, Inc., ICF 
International, Inc., Premier, Inc. and Resources 
Connection, Inc. The graph and table assume a $100 
investment in Huron Consulting Group Inc. common 
stock, The NASDAQ Composite Index, and an index 
of our peer group on December 31, 2016, and any 
dividends are assumed to be reinvested.

Form 10-K
Huron Consulting Group Inc. will provide to any 
investor, without charge, a copy of its annual 
report (which includes the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K as filed with the United 
States Securities and Exchange Commission). 
Copies of all the exhibits as filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission will also be 
provided  without charge upon specific request. 
Requests  can be made via the Company’s 
website at www.huronconsultinggroup.com.

Forward-Looking Statements
Statements in this Annual Report that are not 
historical in nature, including those concerning the 
company’s current expectations about its future 
results, are “forward-looking” statements as defined 
in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended, and the Private Securities 
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking 
statements are identified by words such as “may,” 
“should,” “expects,” “provides,” “anticipates,” 
“assumes,” “can,” “will,” “meets,” “could,” “likely,” 
“intends,” “might,” “predicts,” “seeks,” “would,” 
“believes,” “estimates,” “plans,” “continues,” 
“guidance,” or “outlook” or similar expressions. These 

forward-looking statements reflect the company’s 
current expectations about future requirements 
and needs, results, levels of activity, performance, 
or achievements. Some of the factors that could 
cause actual results to differ materially from the 
forward-looking statements contained herein include, 
without limitation: the impact of the COVID-19 
pandemic on the economy, our clients and client 
demand for our services, and our ability to sell and 
provide services, including the measures taken by 
governmental authorities and businesses in response 
to the pandemic, which may cause or contribute to 
other risks and uncertainties that we face; failure to 
achieve expected utilization rates, billing rates and 
the number of revenue-generating professionals; 
inability to expand or adjust our service offerings in 
response to market demands; our dependence on 
renewal of client-based services; dependence on 
new business and retention of current clients and 
qualified personnel; failure to maintain third-party 
provider relationships and strategic alliances; inability 
to license technology to and from third parties; the 
impairment of goodwill; various factors related to 
income and other taxes; difficulties in successfully 
integrating the businesses we acquire and achieving 
expected benefits from such acquisitions; risks 
relating to privacy, information security, and related 
laws and standards; and a general downturn in 
market conditions. These forward-looking statements 
involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, 
and other factors, including, among others, those 
described under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in Huron’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2021 that may cause actual results, 
levels of activity, performance or achievements to be 
materially different from any anticipated results, levels 
of activity, performance, or achievements expressed 
or implied by these forward-looking statements. The 
company disclaims any obligation to update or revise 
any forward-looking statements as a result of new 
information or future events, or for any other reason.